本發明係關於一種減少形成於不織布之纖維間之液膜而實現了更高水準之液體殘留減少，並且提高了表面之液體流動防止性之不織布。 於正面片材等所使用之不織布中存在纖維間狹窄之區域。該區域中即便存在可使排泄液(例如尿或經血；亦簡稱為液體)透過之空間，亦由於纖維間之彎液面毛細管力或由血漿蛋白質產生之表面活性、以及較高之血液表面黏性，故而會於纖維間形成穩定之液膜而容易殘留液體。先前之技術無法完全地消除液膜，乾爽性尚有改善之餘地。進而，近年來，除乾爽性以外，消費者亦要求肌膚觸感良好。為此，開始使用較細之纖維。然而，若使用較細之纖維，則纖維間變得更狹窄。由此，更容易產生纖維間之液膜，且液膜變得不易破裂而越發容易殘留液體。 又，吸收對象液不限定於血液。例如尿亦有由磷脂質產生之表面活性，因此與上述同樣地產生液膜而導致液體殘留，作為結果，乾爽性尚有改善之餘地。 如上所述，要求將形成於不織布中之纖維間狹窄之部分之液膜去除之技術。然而，由於液膜之穩定性較高，故而難以去除液膜。又，亦考慮塗佈水溶性之界面活性劑以降低液體之表面張力而去除液膜。然而，若欲將此種界面活性劑用於吸收性物品而實現液膜去除，則有液體亦會透過防液體滲漏性之底層片材之虞。 又，就不織布之液體透過性之觀點而言，不織布之表面需要液體容易滲入纖維間之適度親水性。若不織布表面之親水性過低，則於液體進入纖維間之前，產生不織布表面之液體流動之可能性變高。 本發明之不織布可減少形成於不織布之纖維間之液膜而實現更高水準之液體殘留減少，並且提高表面之液體流動防止性。 作為本發明之不織布之較佳實施形態，例如可列舉如圖1所示之不織布5。再者，本發明之不織布可應用於有關液體吸收之各種物品，例如可用作經期衛生棉、嬰兒用尿布、成人用尿布等吸收性物品之正面片材。 不織布5於不織布表面具有包含液膜開裂劑之含有部6、與不包含上述液膜開裂劑之非含有部7。於不織布5中，將均於長度方向(Y方向)上帶狀延伸之含有部6與非含有部7交替地配置在與上述長度方向正交之寬度方向(X方向)上。即，含有部6與非含有部7形成條紋狀之配置圖案。再者，含有部6及非含有部7之延伸方向並不限於本實施形態中之長度方向，亦可為寬度方向。 上述所謂長度方向，如名稱般，係不織布之相對長度較長之方向，於將不織布作為原料片材而製成輥狀之情形時，或自輥狀之狀態捲出之情形時，意指將該不織布捲出之方向。上述寬度方向係與上述長度方向正交之方向，於上述原料片材之狀態下，意指輥軸方向。又，於已知構成不織布之纖維之配向方向之情形時，可將纖維之配向方向稱為長度方向。此時，上述寬度方向可稱為與纖維之配向方向正交之方向。 又，上述長度方向於不織布之製造階段，意指機械搬出方向(MD：Machine Direction)。上述寬度方向於不織布之製造階段，意指與機械搬出方向正交之寬度方向(CD：Cross Direction)。 進而，於將不織布剪裁為特定尺寸而作為吸收性物品之正面片材之情形時，該不織布之長度方向係與上述吸收性物品之長度方向一致之方向。因此，就防止液漏之觀點而言，較佳為將含有部6及非含有部7之延伸方向以上述長度方向(Y方向)之形式朝向吸收性物品之長度方向進行配置。 於不織布5中，對配置有含有部6及非含有部7之不織布表面劃分出邊長5 mm之正方形8時，於正方形8之區域中具有1個以上之含有部6與非含有部7之界面9。此處所謂「邊長5 mm之正方形」係假定於不織布之表面上流動之液滴、或於穿戴衛生棉時沿著穿著者之身體流淌之液滴之尺寸者。「邊長5 mm之正方形」係對配置有含有部6及非含有部7之不織布表面之區域適當任意地劃分。 因此，不織布5係於表面上任意地劃分出1個或2個以上之上述正方形時，於每個所劃分之正方形區域具有1個以上之含有部6與非含有部7之界面9者，此時，界面9意指處於正方形8之內側者，與正方形8之外周線重疊之線狀之界面9不進行計數。例如於圖2(A)之情形時，判斷處於正方形8之內側區域之界面9之數為7。於圖2(B)之情形時，不將與正方形8之外周線重疊之界面9進行計數，而判斷處於正方形8之內側區域之界面9之數為6。 含有部6與非含有部7係根據有無液膜開裂劑進行區分。再者，於圖1中，為了理解含有部6與非含有部7之配置區域及配置圖案，對含有部6附上花紋而進行表示，但實際上，未必能夠藉由目視加以辨別(以下，圖2～6中相同)。 因此，上述含有部6與非含有部7之區分並非藉由目視，而是藉由以下之方法進行確認。即，將吸油紙貼在不織布5之表面後，載置厚度4 mm之丙烯酸系板，自其上用重物以成為600 g/cm2
之方式施加負荷30秒鐘。施加負荷後，立即將該吸油紙剝離，將該吸油紙置於黑色之襯紙上，利用目視確認顏色之變化。顏色發生變化之部分為包含液膜開裂劑之含有部6，其以外之部分為非含有部7。作為上述之吸油紙，可使用各種者，例如可列舉：Katani Sangyo股份有限公司製造之金箔打紙製法吸油紙。 含有部6所含之所謂液膜開裂劑係指使液體、例如經血等高黏性之液體或尿等排泄液與不織布接觸而形成於不織布之纖維間或纖維表面之液膜開裂，而抑制液膜形成之劑，具有使所形成之液膜開裂之作用、與抑制液膜形成之作用。前者可謂主要作用，後者可謂附屬作用。液膜之開裂係藉由液膜開裂劑之推擠液膜層之一部分使之不穩定化之作用而實現。藉由該液膜開裂劑之作用，液體不會殘留於積層不織布之纖維間之狹窄區域而變得容易通過。即，成為液體透過性優異之不織布。藉此，即便使構成不織布之纖維變細而使纖維間距離變窄，亦兼顧肌膚觸感之柔軟性與液體殘留抑制。 (使液膜消失之性質) 本發明中所使用之液膜開裂劑具有使液膜消失之性質，藉由此種性質，於將該液膜開裂劑應用於以血漿成分為主體之試驗液或人工尿之情形時，可表現出液膜消失效果。人工尿係將具有脲1.940質量%、氯化鈉0.795質量%、硫酸鎂0.110質量%、氯化鈣0.062質量%、硫酸鉀0.197質量%、紅色2號(染料)0.010質量%、水(約96.88質量%)及聚氧乙烯月桂醚(約0.07質量%)之組成之混合物之表面張力調整至53±1 mN/m(23℃)者。此處所謂液膜消失效果包括如下兩種效果，即針對因由試驗液或人工尿所形成之液膜而夾帶空氣之構造體，抑制該構造體之液膜形成，及使所形成之該構造體消失，表現出至少一種效果之劑可謂具有可表現出液膜消失效果之性質。 上述試驗液係自脫纖維馬血(NIPPON BIOTEST股份有限公司製造)提取之液體成分。具體而言，若將100 mL之脫纖維馬血於溫度22℃、濕度65%之條件下靜置1小時，則該脫纖維馬血分離成上層與下層，此時該上層為上述試驗液。上層主要包含血漿成分，下層主要包含血球成分。自分離成上層與下層之脫纖維馬血僅取出上層時，例如可使用移液管(Kensakizai股份有限公司製造)。 關於某劑是否具有上述之「使液膜消失之性質」，係設為容易產生因由應用有該劑之上述試驗液或人工尿所形成之液膜而夾帶空氣之構造體之狀態，根據該情形時該構造體即液膜之量之多少進行判斷。即，將上述試驗液或人工尿調整至溫度25℃，其後向螺旋管(Maruemu股份有限公司製造之No.5，管徑27 mm，總長55 mm)中添加10 g而獲得標準樣品。又，作為測定樣品，獲得於與標準樣品相同者中添加已事先調整至25℃之測定對象之劑0.01 g而成者。將標準樣品與測定樣品分別以於上述螺旋管之上下方向往復2次之方式猛烈地振盪後，迅速地載置於水平面上。藉由該樣品之振盪，而於振盪後之螺旋管之內部形成無上述構造體之液體層(下層)、與形成於該液體層上之包含大量該構造體之構造體層(上層)。於振盪剛結束後經過10秒鐘後，對兩樣品之構造體層之高度(液體層之液面至構造體層上表面之高度)進行測定。然後，於測定樣品之構造體層之高度相對於標準樣品之構造體層之高度成為90%以下之情形時，測定對象之劑被視為具有液膜開裂效果。 本發明中所使用之液膜開裂劑係符合上述性質之單一化合物或將符合上述性質之單一化合物複數種組合而成之混合物、或者藉由複數種化合物之組合而滿足上述性質(可使液膜開裂)之劑。即，所謂液膜開裂劑均指限定於具有基於上述定義之液膜開裂效果者之劑。因此，於應用於吸收性物品中之化合物包含不符合上述定義之第三成分的情形時，與液膜開裂劑進行區分。 再者，關於液膜開裂劑及第三成分，所謂「單一化合物」係包括雖具有相同之組成式，但因重複單元數不同而分子量不同之化合物在內的概念。 作為液膜開裂劑，可自國際公開第2016/098796號之說明書之段落[0007]～[0186]所記載者中適當地選擇使用。 本發明中，所謂不織布之含有部6含有或包含液膜開裂劑，主要指附著於纖維之表面。但是，只要液膜開裂劑殘留於纖維之表面，則可為如內包於纖維內者、或者亦可為如藉由內添而存在於纖維內部者。作為使液膜開裂劑附著於纖維表面之方法，可無特別限制地採用通常使用之各種方法。例如可列舉：軟版印刷、噴墨印刷、凹版印刷、網版印刷、噴霧、刷塗等。其等處理可於利用各種方法使纖維進行纖維網化後進行，其後，亦可於將該纖維網製成不織布後或組入至吸收性物品中後進行。於表面附著有液膜開裂劑之纖維例如藉由熱風送風式乾燥機，而以充分低於纖維樹脂之熔點之溫度(例如120℃以下)進行乾燥。又，於使用上述附著方法而使液膜開裂劑附著於纖維之情形時，係使用視需要使液膜開裂劑溶解於溶劑中而成之包含液膜開裂劑之溶液、或者液膜開裂劑之乳化液、分散液而進行。 關於本發明之液膜開裂劑，為了使不織布具有下述之液膜開裂效果，而必須使液膜開裂劑於接觸於體液時以液狀之形式存在。就該方面而言，本發明之液膜開裂劑之熔點較佳為40℃以下，更佳為35℃以下。進而，本發明之液膜開裂劑之熔點較佳為-220℃以上，更佳為-180℃以上。 液膜開裂劑如下所述，其表面張力小於不織布纖維所使用之先前之親水性處理劑等。即，含有部6之構成纖維之接觸角大於非含有部7之構成纖維之接觸角。因此，含有部6之構成纖維藉由液膜開裂劑而賦予滑動性或疏水性，與無液膜開裂劑之情形時相比，提高處於不織布表面之液體之滑動性。尤其於表面自乾燥狀況最初接受液體時，容易產生液體之表面流出。相對於此，非含有部7由於不具有液膜開裂劑，故而發揮出抑制液體於不織布5之表面流出之作用。 於不織布5中，於相當於液滴之尺寸之正方形區域具有至少1個含有部6與非含有部7之界面。因此，於不織布5之表面，對於1個液滴，重疊至少1組以上之包含液膜開裂劑之含有部6、與不包含液膜開裂劑之非含有部7。於此種重疊時，對於液滴，含有部6之液膜開裂作用、與非含有部之液體流動抑制作用會同時地表現。其結果為，不織布5一面抑制不織布表面之液體流動，一面使進入纖維間而形成之液膜開裂而提高厚度方向之液體透過性。藉此，可一面達成並維持不織布5之較高之液體殘留減少，一面提高液體之表面流動防止性。 再者，關於液膜開裂劑之作用及具體例之詳細內容，於下文進行說明。 關於含有部6之構成纖維之接觸角與非含有部7之構成纖維之接觸角的差，就含有部6上之液滴之外周之內縮容易性、即液滴90之外周之波形化之產生容易性的觀點而言，較佳為5度以上，更佳為10度以上，進而較佳為20度以上。又，就所產生之波形化之維持容易性之觀點而言，上述接觸角之差較佳為70度以下，更佳為50度以下，進而較佳為30度以下。再者，上述接觸角可藉由下述之方法進行測定。 非含有部7之構成纖維之接觸角較佳為90度以下，更佳為80度以下，進而較佳為70度以下。藉此，適度地賦予纖維表面之潤濕性而液體進入纖維間從而容易抑制液體流動，且潤濕之面積增加，而液膜開裂劑變得容易向液膜移動。 又，含有部6之構成纖維之接觸角較佳為110度以下，更佳為90度以下，進而較佳為80度以下。藉此，含有部6之滑動性或疏水性減弱，而存在於不織布表面之液體之表面流出變得不易產生。 上述接觸角之測定可藉由以下方法進行。 即，自不織布之特定部位取出纖維，對水相對於該纖維之接觸角進行測定。作為測定裝置，係使用協和界面科學股份有限公司製造之自動接觸角計MCA-J。於接觸角之測定中使用去離子水。於溫度25度、相對濕度(RH)65%之測定條件下進行。將自噴墨式水滴噴出部(Cluster Technology公司製造，噴出部孔徑為25 μm之脈衝噴射器CTC-25)噴出之液量設定為20微微升，向纖維之正上方滴下水滴。將滴下之情況錄影至連接於水平設置之相機之高速錄影裝置中。關於錄影裝置，就其後進行圖像解析之觀點而言，較理想為安裝有高速擷取裝置之個人電腦。於本測定中，每隔17 msec對圖像進行錄影。於所錄影之影像中，將水滴滴至自不織布取出之纖維時之最初圖像利用附屬軟體FAMAS(設為：軟體之版本為2.6.2，解析手法為液滴法，解析方法為θ/2法，圖像處理演算法為無反射，圖像處理影像模式為圖框，臨限位準為200，且未進行曲率修正)進行圖像解析，算出水滴之接觸於空氣之面與纖維所成之角度，而設為接觸角。自不織布取出之纖維係剪裁為纖維長度1 mm，將該纖維置於接觸角計之樣品台，並水平維持。對每根該纖維測定不同之2個部位之接觸角。對N＝5根之接觸角進行測量直至小數點以下1位，將平均合計10個部位之測定值所得之值(於小數點以下第2位四捨五入)定義為接觸角。 含有部6與非含有部7之配置圖案只要滿足上述正方形8之條件，且能夠兼顧上述之液膜之開裂作用與液滴之表面流動抑制作用，則並不限定於圖1者，可採用各種圖案。例如，即便為相同條紋狀之配置圖案，亦可使延伸方向與圖1有所不同。作為其具體例，可列舉圖3-1(A)所示之在與Y方向正交之X方向上含有部6及非含有部7帶狀延伸之圖案等。 又，亦可為將含有部6非連續地相互隔開地配置者。此時，相互隔開之含有部6之形狀並無特別限定，可採用圓形、矩形、虛線等各種形狀。亦可為將如上述般設為特定形狀之含有部6沿著Y方向及X方向相互隔開地配置之圖案。即，亦可為設為特定形狀之含有部6複數個沿著不織布之長度方向及寬度方向兩方向相互隔開地於複數個方向上分散配置之配置圖案。例如可列舉：如圖3-1(B)所示般使設為圓形(點狀)之含有部6沿著Y方向及X方向相互隔開地配置之圖案等。於該情形時，與含有部6鄰接之部分成為非含有部7。於該圖案中，可使Y方向及X方向上之含有部6間之間距相同，亦可使Y方向及X方向上之含有部6間之間距不同。圖3-1(B)係使縱橫之含有部間之間距固定之圖案。再者，亦可為將非含有部7而並非含有部6設為特定形狀並於複數個方向上分散配置之配置圖案。於該情形時，與非含有部7鄰接之部分成為含有部6。 又，亦可為將含有部6或非含有部7模仿成各種圖形之形狀之配置圖案。例如，亦可將複數個含有部6以波浪線之形式配置，將含有部6間作為非含有部7。亦可為將含有部6設為尺寸不同之複數個楕圓形，並同心圓狀地相互隔開配置之圖案。於該情形時，含有部6間亦成為非含有部。 進而，亦可將含有部6或非含有部7設為更複雜之幾何學形狀。例如亦可如圖3-2(C)般，含有部6包含格子狀等幾何學形狀之複數條線，該含有部6間作為非含有部7。亦可將其反轉，而如圖3-2(D)般，非含有部7包含格子狀等幾何學形狀之複數條線，該非含有部7間作為含有部6。 不織布5更佳為於正方形8之區域存在複數個(2個以上)之界面9。藉由存在複數個界面9，而對橫跨含有部6及非含有部7兩者之液滴發揮較強之束縛作用，而使液體之表面流動更不易產生。該作用具體而言係如下情況。即，界面9係根據液膜開裂劑之有無，所鄰接之含有部6及非含有部7之相互不同之接觸角之交界，由於含有部6之構成纖維之接觸角大於非含有部7之構成纖維之接觸角，且因液膜開裂劑而被賦予滑動性或疏水性，故而液滴之潤濕難以進行。並且，非含有部7之構成纖維之接觸角小於含有部6之構成纖維之接觸角，而與存在液膜開裂劑之情形相比，液滴之潤濕容易進行。藉由該潤濕性之差異，以界面9作為交界，含有部6上之液滴之外周係以如被束縛般，相對於非含有部7上之液滴之外周向內部收縮之方式內縮。藉由存在複數個界面9，而液滴之內縮部位變多，而如圖4所示般，液滴90之外周發生波形化。伴隨著波形化，液滴與不織布5之接觸線之距離增加，而液滴於不織布5之表面上難以移動，從而液滴之表面流動抑制之作用更強地發揮。同時，作為接觸角之交界之界面9因液膜開裂劑而形成，藉此產生使不織布5之纖維間之液膜開裂之作用，而液體於厚度方向之透過性提高。藉此，可一面實現不織布5之較高之液體殘留減少，一面提高液體之表面流動防止性。 又，藉由於正方形8之區域存在複數個界面9，而於不織布平面上，排泄液之液滴或於穿戴吸收性物品時沿著穿著者之身體流淌之液滴與不織布初次接觸時或與不織布接觸後於不織布之表面上流動之過程中，橫跨含有部6及非含有部7兩者之概率變得更高。藉此，上述作用更強地發揮，而可進一步提高不織布之較高之液體殘留減少與液體之表面流動防止性。 於不織布5中，發揮如上述之作用之包含界面9之正方形8之區域可存在於不織布5整體中，亦可存在於不織布5之一部分中。即，液膜開裂劑之含有部6與非含有部7之組合可存在於不織布5之整面，亦可存在於不織布5表面之一部分。 較佳為正方形8之區域至少配置在不織布5之會成為直接接收液體之受液部之位置上。所謂受液部，如其名稱般，於將不織布5用於吸收性物品之情形時，意指接住排泄液之部分。例如於將不織布5作為紙尿布或日用衛生棉之正面片材進行應用之情形時，可認為受液部係該紙尿布或日用衛生棉之長度方向及寬度方向之中央部分。又，於將不織布5作為夜用衛生棉之正面片材進行應用之情形時，可認為受液部係將該夜用衛生棉於長度方向上分割成4個區域之情形時之從前數第2個區域中之長度方向及寬度方向的中央部。此處所謂「前」，於穿戴該夜用衛生棉之情形時係指朝向穿著者之腹部側之方向。尤其於使用不織布5作為吸收性物品之正面片材時，就液體吸收性之觀點而言，上述情況有效。即，對於吸收性物品，為了有效地作用於排泄液，較佳為不織布5之正方形區域存在於與穿著者之排泄部抵接之部分(排泄口抵接部)。排泄口抵接部係視吸收性物品之用途等而不同。例如於圖5所示之附帶側翼之經期衛生棉100中，於正面片材110之與吸收體120重疊之寬度中央位置上，自被側翼130夾住之位置於長度方向上向前後延伸之被防漏溝140所包圍的部分成為排泄口抵接部150。此處，較佳為以配置具有1個以上之界面9之正方形8之區域的方式構成不織布5。 此外，關於不織布5之厚度方向，較佳為至少於接收液體之側之面含有液膜開裂劑。於上述例之正面片材中，較佳為至少於與穿著者之肌膚接觸之肌膚抵接面側含有液膜開裂劑。 又，於不織布5中，較佳為含有部6相對於非含有部7之面積比大於1。其意指於由上述之邊長5 mm之正方形8劃分之區域中之面積比。對於配置有含有部6與非含有部7之不織布表面區域，滿足上述面積比1以上之條件之邊長5 mm之正方形區域存在至少1個即可，較佳為自上述受液部起於與不織布5之長度方向即吸收性物品之長度方向一致之方向之任一位置上存在至少1個該正方形區域。於該情形時，上述「與不織布5之長度方向即吸收性物品之長度方向一致之方向之任一位置」亦包含上述受液部。再者，上述面積比可藉由上述使用吸油紙之方法進行測定。 確認到因面積比大於1而穩定從而液體流動能夠減少。含有部6係以液滴之外周向內部收縮之方式產生內縮之部位，因此於含有部6相對於非含有部7之面積比大於1時，內縮較大，而變得容易產生較大之波形振幅。藉此，液滴與不織布5之接觸線之距離增加，而可提高液滴之表面流動抑制之作用。進而，於不織布5中，因面積比大於1，而於使液體流動停止之液滴進入至纖維間時變得容易受到液膜開裂作用。即，對於不織布5所接到之液體，液膜開裂作用與液體流動防止作用更明確地同時表現，而可一面實現不織布5之較高之液體殘留減少，一面提高液體之表面流動防止性。 關於上述面積比(含有部之面積/非含有部之面積)，就波形之增大之觀點而言，更佳為1.3以上，進而較佳為1.5以上。又，上述面積比之上限並無特別限制。關於液滴之波形化，就維持於含有部6之內縮與於非含有部7之擴大之平衡性之觀點而言，上述面積比較佳為16以下，更佳為10以下，進而較佳為3以下。 進而，於不織布5中，更佳為將含有部6與非含有部7週期性地配置在不織布表面。藉此，將與由具有1個以上之界面9之正方形8所劃分之區域相同者於不織布之平面方向上重複而進行圖案配置。又，於由正方形8劃分之區域滿足「含有部6相對於非含有部7之面積比大於1」之條件之情形時，於上述之週期性配置中，將滿足上述面積比之條件之正方形8之區域於不織布之平面方向上重複而進行圖案配置。例如可列舉上述之圖3-1及3-2所示之配置等。 藉由週期性地進行配置，於由正方形8所劃分之區域中表現出之上述作用會於不織布表面之各地點均質性較高地表現出。即，即便於如接收液體之位置不固定而於每次受液時發生偏移之情形時，亦會有效地表現出所期待之對液滴之束縛作用及纖維間之液膜之開裂作用。藉此，不織布5獲得於廣泛方面優異之液體透過性，而可一面實現較高之液體殘留減少性，一面提高液體之表面流動防止性。 上述情況就於使用不織布5作為吸收性物品之正面片材時液體吸收性之觀點而言有效。於將不織布5作為吸收性物品之正面片材時，即便假設因穿戴方法或日常之動作而液滴之附著部位發生變化，亦可發揮較高之防漏性與液體透過性。藉此，若使用不織布5作為正面片材，則能夠大大地有助於提高吸收性物品之液體吸收性與穿戴感。 又，不織布5中，較佳為含有部6與非含有部7之寬度之和為2500 μm以下。特佳為於由上述邊長5 mm之正方形所劃分之區域中滿足上述寬度之和之條件。藉此，流動之液滴(約5 mm左右)與不織布之接觸線變得容易產生波形化，而可提高液體之表面流動抑制作用。此時，若滿足上述「面積比大於1」之條件，則更為強化由滿足上述寬度之和之條件產生之液體之表面流動抑制作用，故而較佳。 此處，所謂「含有部6之寬度」，係相鄰之非含有部7、7間之最短距離。所謂「非含有部7之寬度」，係相鄰之含有部6、6間之最短距離。例如於條紋狀之圖案配置之情形時，如圖6(A)所示般，含有部6之寬度係相鄰之非含有部7、7間之帶寬6A，非含有部7之寬度係相鄰之含有部6、6間之帶寬7A。又，於如圖6(B)所示般，將含有部6以圓形(點狀)且相互隔著特定間隔地進行排列之圖案配置的情形時，含有部6之寬度係圓之直徑6B，非含有部7之寬度係含有部6、6間之最短距離7B。 上述之寬度可藉由上述使用吸油紙之方法，並基於上述之定義進行測定。 關於上述之含有部6與非含有部7之寬度之和，就液滴之波形化之觀點而言，更佳為2000 μm以下，進而較佳為1500 μm以下。又，上述寬度之和之下限並無特別限制，就波形振幅之增大化之觀點而言，上述寬度之和較佳為100 μm以上，更佳為500 μm以上，進而較佳為1000 μm以上。 繼而，對本發明之不織布之含有部所含之液膜開裂劑的較佳實施形態進行說明。 第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數為15 mN/m以上。再者，有將具有第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑之性質之化合物稱為化合物C1之情況。並且，該液膜開裂劑較佳為水溶解度為0 g以上且0.025 g以下。第1實施形態之不織布包含上述液膜開裂劑。 液膜開裂劑所具有之「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數」係指對假定為如上述之經血或尿等排泄液之液體之展佈係數。該所謂「展佈係數」，係根據於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中藉由下述之測定方法而獲得之測定值，基於下述數式(1)而求出之值。再者，數式(1)中之液膜意指「表面張力為50 mN/m之液體」之液相，且包括於纖維間或纖維表面已將膜展開之狀態之液體、及將膜展開之前之狀態之液體兩者，亦簡稱為液體。又，數式(1)之表面張力意指液膜及液膜開裂劑與氣相之界面上之界面張力，與液相間之液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力有所區別。該區別於本說明書之其他記載中亦相同。 S＝γw
－γo
－γwo
(1) γw
：液膜(液體)之表面張力 γo
：液膜開裂劑之表面張力 γwo
：液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力 根據數式(1)可知，液膜開裂劑之展佈係數(S)會因液膜開裂劑之表面張力(γo
)變小而變大，且會因液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力(γwo
)變小而變大。藉由該展佈係數為15 mN/m以上，而液膜開裂劑成為於纖維間之狹窄區域中所產生之液膜之表面上的移動性、即擴散性較高者。就該觀點而言，上述液膜開裂劑之展佈係數更佳為20 mN/m以上，進而較佳為25 mN/m以上，尤佳為30 mN/m以上。另一方面，其上限並無特別限制，但根據數式(1)，於使用表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之情形時上限值成為50 mN/m；於使用表面張力為60 mN/m之液體之情形時上限值成為60 mN/m；於使用表面張力為70 mN/m之液體之情形時上限值成為70 mN/m，因此形成液膜之液體之表面張力會成為上限。因此，於本發明中，就使用表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之觀點而言，展佈係數之上限為50 mN/m以下。 液膜開裂劑所具有之所謂「水溶解度」，係液膜開裂劑能夠溶解於去離子水100 g中之質量(g)，且係基於下述之測定方法，於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中所測定之值。藉由該水溶解度為0 g以上且0.025 g以下，而液膜開裂劑難以溶解而形成與液膜之界面，從而更有效地發揮上述擴散性。就同樣之觀點而言，液膜開裂劑之水溶解度較佳為0.0025 g以下，更佳為0.0017 g以下，進而較佳為未達0.0001 g。又，上述水溶解度越小越佳，且為0 g以上，就向液膜之擴散性之觀點而言，實際上設為1.0×10-9
g以上。再者，認為上述之水溶解性亦完全適用於以水分作為主成分之經血或尿等。 上述之液膜(表面張力為50 mN/m之液體)之表面張力(γw
)、液膜開裂劑之表面張力(γo
)、液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力(γwo
)、及液膜開裂劑之水溶解度係藉由以下之方法進行測定。 再者，於測定對象之不織布為組入至生理用品或拋棄式尿布等吸收性物品中之構件(例如，正面片材)的情形時，以下述方式取出並進行測定。即，針對吸收性物品，利用冷噴塗等冷卻方法減弱測定對象之構件與其他構件之接合所使用之接著劑等後，小心地剝離測定對象之構件而取出。該取出方法係適用於下述之纖維間距離及纖度之測定等有關本發明之不織布之測定。 又，於對附著於纖維之液膜開裂劑進行測定之情形時，首先，利用己烷或甲醇、乙醇等洗淨液將附著有液膜開裂劑之纖維洗淨，使該洗淨所使用之溶劑(包含液膜開裂劑之洗淨用溶劑)乾燥後取出。此時之所取出之物質之質量係適用於算出液膜開裂劑相對於纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)時。於所取出之物質之量對於測定表面張力或界面張力而言較少之情形時，根據所取出之物質之構成物而選擇適當之管柱及溶劑，之後利用高效液相層析法對各成分進行區分，進而針對各組分，進行MS(mass spectrometry，質譜分析)測定、NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance，核磁共振)測定、元素分析等，藉此鑑定各組分之結構。又，於液膜開裂劑包含高分子化合物之情形時，藉由併用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)等方法而變得更容易進行構成成分之鑑定。並且，若該物質為市售品，則進行採購，若該物質並非市售品，則進行合成，藉此取得充分之量，而對表面張力或界面張力進行測定。尤其於測定表面張力與界面張力時，於以上述方式取得之液膜開裂劑為固體之情形時，係加熱至該液膜開裂劑之熔點＋5℃而使之相轉移為液體，並於該溫度條件下直接實施測定。 (液膜(液體)之表面張力(γw
)之測定方法) 可於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中藉由平板法(Wilhelmy法)而使用鉑平板進行測定。作為此時之測定裝置，可使用自動表面張力計「CBVP-Z」(商品名，協和界面科學股份有限公司製造)。鉑平板係使用純度99.9%、尺寸為長25 mm、寬10 mm者。 再者，於關於液膜開裂劑之下述測定中，係使用上述之測定方法，且上述之「表面張力為50 mN/m之液體」係使用如下溶液，該溶液係於去離子水中添加作為非離子系界面活性物質之聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單月桂酸酯(例如，花王股份有限公司製造，商品名RHEODOL SUPER TW-L120)而將表面張力調整至50±1 mN/m所得。 (液膜開裂劑之表面張力(γo
)之測定方法) 可以與液膜之表面張力(γw
)之測定相同之方式於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中藉由平板法，使用相同之裝置進行測定。進行該測定時，於如上述般所取得之液膜開裂劑為固體之情形時，係加熱至該液膜開裂劑之熔點＋5℃而使之相轉移為液體，並於該溫度條件下直接實施測定。 (液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力(γwo
)之測定方法) 可於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中藉由懸滴法進行測定。作為此時之測定裝置，可使用自動界面黏彈性測定裝置(TECLIS-ITCONCEPT公司製造，商品名THE TRACKER；或者KRUSS公司，商品名DSA25S)。於懸滴法中，於形成滴劑之同時表面張力為50 mN/m之液體所包含之非離子系界面活性物質之吸附開始，隨著時間經過而界面張力降低。因此，讀取形成滴劑時(0秒時)之界面張力。又，進行該測定時，於如上述般所取得之液膜開裂劑為固體之情形時，係加熱至該液膜開裂劑之熔點＋5℃而使之相轉移為液體，並於該溫度條件下直接實施測定。 又，測定界面張力時，於液膜開裂劑與表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之密度差非常小之情形時、或黏度非常高之情形時，若界面張力值為懸滴劑之測定極限以下，則有利用懸滴法之界面張力測定變困難之情形。於該情形時，可藉由於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中利用旋滴劑法進行測定而實現測定。作為此時之測定裝置，可使用旋滴劑界面張力計(KRUSS公司製造，商品名SITE100)。又，關於該測定，亦讀取滴劑之形狀穩定時之界面張力，於所取得之液膜開裂劑為固體之情形時，係加熱至該液膜開裂劑之熔點＋5℃而使之相轉移為液體，並於該溫度條件下直接實施測定。 再者，於利用上述兩種測定裝置均可測定界面張力之情形時，採用更小之界面張力值作為測定結果。 (液膜開裂劑之水溶解度之測定方法) 於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中一面利用攪拌器攪拌100 g之去離子水一面使所取得之液膜開裂劑慢慢地溶解，將不再溶解(可見懸浮或沈澱、析出、白濁)之時點之溶解量設為水溶解度。具體而言，以每次0.0001 g之方式添加劑而進行測定。其結果為，觀察到連0.0001 g都未溶解者係設為「未達0.0001 g」，觀察到溶解0.0001 g但未溶解0.0002 g者係設為「0.0001 g」。再者，於液膜開裂劑為界面活性劑之情形時，所謂「溶解」，意指單分散溶解與膠束分散溶解兩者，可見懸浮或沈澱、析出、白濁之時點之溶解量成為水溶解度。 本實施形態之液膜開裂劑具有上述之展佈係數與水溶解度，藉此於液膜之表面上不會溶解而擴散，而可自液膜之中心附近推開液膜之層。藉此，使液膜不穩定而使之開裂。 此處，參照圖7及8，對本實施形態之液膜開裂劑於不織布中之作用具體地進行說明。 如圖7所示般，於纖維間之狹窄區域中，經血等黏性較高之液體或尿等排泄液容易於液膜2上展開。針對此，液膜開裂劑係以下述方式使液膜不穩定而將之破膜，從而抑制液膜形成而促進自不織布中之排液。首先，如圖8(A1)及(B1)所示般，不織布之纖維1所具有之液膜開裂劑3於保持與液膜2之界面之狀態下於液膜2之表面上移動。繼而，液膜開裂劑3係如圖8(A2)及(B2)所示般，推開液膜2之一部分並向厚度方向滲入，並如圖8(A3)及(B3)所示般，慢慢地使液膜2變得不均勻並使之向較薄之膜變化。其結果為，液膜2係如圖8(A4)及(B4)所示般以裂開方式出現空隙而開裂。開裂之經血等液體成為液滴，再者變得容易通過不織布之纖維間從而減少液體殘留。又，關於上述之液膜開裂劑對於液膜之作用，並不限定於針對纖維間之液膜之情形，亦同樣地對纏繞於纖維表面之液膜發揮作用。即，液膜開裂劑可於纏繞於纖維表面之液膜上移動，從而推開該液膜之一部分而使液膜開裂。又，針對纏繞於纖維表面之液膜，液膜開裂劑即便不於附著於纖維之位置上移動，亦會因其疏水作用而使液膜開裂，從而可抑制液膜形成。 如上所述，本發明之液膜開裂劑並不會降低液膜之表面張力等即進行液改質，而是一面推開纖維間或纖維表面所產生之液膜本身一面使之開裂，而抑制液膜形成，藉此促進液體自不織布中之排液。藉此，可減少不織布之液體殘留。又，若將此種不織布作為正面片材組入至吸收性物品中，則抑制纖維間之液體滯留，而確保直至吸收體之液體透過通路。藉此，液體之透過性提高，於片材表面之液體流動得到抑制，而液體之吸收速度提高。尤其是可提高黏性較高之經血等容易殘留於纖維間之液體之吸收速度。並且，正面片材中之紅色等污染不易顯眼，而成為可確實感覺到吸收力之安心且可靠性較高之吸收性物品。 於本實施形態中，上述液膜開裂劑進而較佳為對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下。即，規定上述數式(1)中之展佈係數(S)之值的作為1變數之「液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力(γwo
)」較佳為20 mN/m以下。藉由將「液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力(γwo
)」抑制為較低，而液膜開裂劑之展佈係數提高，從而液膜開裂劑變得容易自纖維表面向液膜中心附近移動，從而上述之作用變得更明顯。就該觀點而言，液膜開裂劑之「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力」更佳為17 mN/m以下，進而較佳為13 mN/m以下，進而更佳為10 mN/m以下，特佳為9 mN/m以下，尤佳為1 mN/m以下。另一方面，其下限並無特別限制，就對液膜之不溶性之觀點而言，只要大於0 mN/m即可。再者，於界面張力為0 mN/m、即進行溶解之情形時，由於無法形成液膜與液膜開裂劑間之界面，故而數式(1)不成立，而劑之擴張不會發生。 關於展佈係數，根據其數式亦可知，其數值會根據成為對象之液體之表面張力而發生變化。例如於對象液之表面張力為72 mN/m、液膜開裂劑之表面張力為21 mN/m、其等之界面張力為0.2 mN/m之情形時，展佈係數成為50.8 mN/m。 又，於對象液之表面張力為30 mN/m、液膜開裂劑之表面張力21 mN/m、其等之界面張力為0.2 mN/m之情形時，展佈係數成為8.8 mN/m。 於任一種情形時，均越為展佈係數較大之劑，液膜開裂效果變得越佳。 於本說明書中，定義了表面張力50 mN/m時之數值，但即便表面張力不同，其各物質彼此之展佈係數之數值之大小關係亦不會變化，因此即便假設體液之表面張力因每天之身體狀況等而發生變化，亦越為展佈係數較大之劑，越表現出優異之液膜開裂效果。 又，於本實施形態中，液膜開裂劑之表面張力較佳為32 mN/m以下，更佳為30 mN/m以下，進而較佳為25 mN/m以下，尤佳為22 mN/m以下。又，上述表面張力越小越佳，其下限並無特別限定。就液膜開裂劑之耐久性之觀點而言，實際上為1 mN/m以上。 藉由將液膜開裂劑之表面張力設為如上述之範圍以下，而即便於在液膜上擴展之對象液之表面張力降低之情形時，亦可有效地發揮液膜開裂作用。 繼而，對第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑進行說明。 第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑其對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數大於0 mN/m，即為正之值，且對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下。再者，有將具有第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑之性質之化合物稱為化合物C2的情況。然後，該液膜開裂劑較佳為水溶解度為0 g以上且0.025 g以下。 第2實施形態之不織布包含上述液膜開裂劑。將上述「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力」設為20 mN/m以下係意指如上述般液膜開裂劑於液膜上之擴散性提高。藉此，即便於如上述「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數」未達15 mN/m之展佈係數相對較小之情形時，亦由於擴散性較高，故而自纖維表面較多之液膜開裂劑分散至液膜內，而於較多位置推開液膜，藉此可發揮與第1實施形態之情形同樣之作用。 再者，關於液膜開裂劑之所謂「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數」、「水溶解度」及「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力」，係與第1實施形態中所定義者相同，且其等之測定方法亦相同。 於本實施形態中，就更有效地發揮液膜開裂劑之上述作用之觀點而言，上述「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力」較佳為17 mN/m以下，更佳為13 mN/m以下，進而較佳為10 mN/m以下，進而更佳為9 mN/m以下，特佳為1 mN/m以下。關於下限值，與第1實施形態同樣地並無特別限制，就不會溶解於液膜(表面張力為50 mN/m之液體)之觀點而言，實際上大於0 mN/m。 又，關於「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數」，就更有效地發揮液膜開裂劑之上述作用之觀點而言，較佳為9 mN/m以上，更佳為10 mN/m以上，進而較佳為15 mN/m以上。其上限並無特別限制，就根據數式(1)，形成液膜之液體之表面張力成為上限之觀點而言，實際上為50 mN/m以下。 又，液膜開裂劑之表面張力及水溶解度之更佳範圍係與第1實施形態相同。 第1實施形態之包含液膜開裂劑之不織布及第2實施形態之包含液膜開裂劑之不織布較佳為進而含有磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑。藉此，纖維表面之親水性提高，而潤濕性提高，藉此液膜與液膜開裂劑所接觸之面積變大；並且，由於血液或尿具有源自活體之具有磷酸基之界面活性物質，故而藉由併用具有磷酸基之界面活性劑，而因活性劑之相溶性，進而與血液或尿所包含之磷脂質之親和性亦良好，因此液膜開裂劑變得容易向液膜移動，而進一步促進液膜之開裂。液膜開裂劑與磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之含有比率以質量比(液膜開裂劑：磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑)計較佳為1：1～19：1，更佳為2：1～15：1，進而較佳為3：1～10：1。特別是上述含有比率以質量比計較佳為5：1～19：1，更佳為8：1～16：1，進而較佳為11：1～13：1。 作為磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑，可無特別限制地使用。例如作為其具體例，可列舉：烷基醚磷酸酯、磷酸二烷基酯、磷酸烷基酯等。其中，就於提高與液膜之親和性之同時賦予不織布之加工性之功能的觀點而言，較佳為磷酸烷基酯。 作為烷基醚磷酸酯，可無特別限制地使用各種者。例如可列舉：聚氧伸烷基硬脂基醚磷酸酯、聚氧伸烷基肉豆蔻基醚磷酸酯、聚氧伸烷基月桂基醚磷酸酯、聚氧伸烷基棕櫚基醚磷酸酯等具有飽和碳鏈者；或聚氧伸烷基油醯基醚磷酸酯、聚氧伸烷基軟脂醯基醚磷酸酯等具有不飽和碳鏈及於其等碳鏈具有支鏈者。更佳為碳鏈為16～18之單或二聚氧伸烷基烷基醚磷酸酯之完全中和或部分中和鹽。又，作為聚氧伸烷基，可列舉：聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基及將其等構成單體共聚合而成者等。再者，作為烷基醚磷酸酯之鹽，可列舉：鈉或鉀等鹼金屬、氨、各種胺類等。烷基醚磷酸酯可單獨使用一種或混合兩種以上使用。 作為磷酸烷基酯之具體例，可列舉：磷酸硬脂酯、磷酸肉豆蔻酯、磷酸月桂酯、磷酸棕櫚酯等具有飽和碳鏈者；或磷酸油醯酯、磷酸軟脂醯酯等具有不飽和碳鏈及於其等碳鏈具有支鏈者。更佳為碳鏈為16～18之磷酸單烷基酯或磷酸二烷基酯之完全中和或部分中和鹽。再者，作為磷酸烷基酯之鹽，可列舉：鈉或鉀等鹼金屬、氨、各種胺類等。磷酸烷基酯可單獨使用一種或混合兩種以上使用。 繼而，對第1實施形態及第2實施形態中之液膜開裂劑之具體例進行說明。藉由其等處於上述之特定之數值範圍內，而不會溶解於水或具有水難溶性之性質，從而發揮上述液膜開裂之作用。相對於此，先前之用作纖維處理劑之界面活性劑等係實用上溶解於水中而使用之基本上水溶性者，而並非本發明之液膜開裂劑。 作為第1實施形態及第2實施形態中之液膜開裂劑，較佳為質量平均分子量為500以上之化合物。該質量平均分子量會對液膜開裂劑之黏度產生較大影響。液膜開裂劑係保持黏度較高，因此液體於通過纖維間時不易流下，從而可保持不織布中之液膜開裂效果之持續性。就設為充分地持續液膜開裂效果之黏度之觀點而言，液膜開裂劑之質量平均分子量更佳為1000以上，進而較佳為1500以上，尤佳為2000以上。另一方面，就設為保持液膜開裂劑自配有液膜開裂劑之纖維向液膜移動、即擴散性之黏度的觀點而言，較佳為50000以下，更佳為20000以下，進而較佳為10000以下。該質量平均分子量之測定係使用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)「CCPD」(商品名，Tosoh股份有限公司製造)進行測定。測定條件係如下所述。又，換算分子量之計算係以聚苯乙烯進行。 分離管柱：GMHHR-H＋GMHHR-H(陽離子) 溶離液：L Farmin DM20/CHCl3
溶劑流速：1.0 ml/min 分離管柱溫度：40℃ 又，作為第1實施形態中之液膜開裂劑，較佳為如下述般具有選自由下述之結構X、X-Y、及Y-X-Y所組成之群中之至少1種結構之化合物。 結構X表示將＞C(A)-(C表示碳原子。又，＜、＞及-表示鍵結鍵。以下相同)、-C(A)2
-、-C(A)(B)-、＞C(A)-C(R1
)＜、＞C(R1
)-、-C(R1
)(R2
)-、-C(R1
)2
-、＞C＜及-Si(R1
)2
O-、-Si(R1
)(R2
)O-中之任一種基本結構重複、或者組合2種以上而成之結構之矽氧烷鏈、或其混合鏈。於結構X之末端具有氫原子、或選自由-C(A)3
、-C(A)2
B、-C(A)(B)2
、-C(A)2
-C(R1
)3
、-C(R1
)2
A、-C(R1
)3
、及-OSi(R1
)3
、-OSi(R1
)2
(R2
)、-Si(R1
)3
、-Si(R1
)2
(R2
)所組成之群中之至少1種基。 上述之R1
或R2
分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲氧基、乙氧基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6～20。例如較佳為苯基)、鹵素原子(例如較佳為氟原子)等各種取代基。A、B分別獨立地表示羥基或羧酸基、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基等包含氧原子或氮原子之取代基。於結構X內R1
、R2
、A、B各自存在複數個之情形時，其等相互可相同亦可不同。又，所連接之C(碳原子)或Si間之鍵通常為單鍵，但亦可包含雙鍵或三鍵，C或Si間之鍵亦可包含醚基(-O-)、醯胺基(-CONRA
-：RA
係氫原子或一價基)、酯基(-COO-)、羰基(-CO-)、碳酸酯基(-OCOO-)等連結基。一個C及Si與另一個C或Si鍵結之數量為1個～4個，因此亦可存在長鏈之聚矽氧鏈(矽氧烷鏈)或混合鏈分支，或者具有放射狀之結構之情形。 Y表示包含選自氫原子、碳原子、氧原子、氮原子、磷原子、硫原子中之原子的具有親水性之親水基。例如為羥基、羧酸基、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基、聚氧伸烷基(氧伸烷基之碳數較佳為1～4。例如較佳為聚氧伸乙(POE)基、聚氧伸丙(POP)基)、磺酸基、硫酸基、磷酸基、磺基甜菜鹼基、羰基甜菜鹼基、膦基甜菜鹼基(其等甜菜鹼基係指自各甜菜鹼化合物去除1個氫原子而成之甜菜鹼殘基)、四級銨基等親水基單獨、或者包含其組合之親水基等。除其等以外，亦可列舉於下述之M1
中所列舉之基及官能基。再者，於Y為複數個之情形時，相互可相同亦可不同。 結構X-Y及Y-X-Y中，Y係鍵結於X、或X之末端之基。於Y鍵結於X之末端之基之情形時，X之末端之基例如將同與Y之鍵結數相同數量之氫原子等去除而與Y鍵結。 於該結構中，自具體說明過之基中選擇親水基Y、A、B而可滿足上述之展佈係數、水溶解度、界面張力。如此表現出目標之液膜開裂效果。 上述之液膜開裂劑較佳為結構X為矽氧烷結構之化合物。進而液膜開裂劑較佳為包含將作為上述之結構X、X-Y、Y-X-Y之具體例之下述(1)～(11)式所表示的結構任意地組合而成之矽氧烷鏈的化合物。進而，就液膜開裂作用之觀點而言，較佳為該化合物具有上述範圍之質量平均分子量。 [化1]式(1)～(11)中，M1
、L1
、R21
、及R22
表示以下之1價或多價(2價或2價以上)之基。R23
、及R24
表示以下之1價或多價(2價或2價以上)之基、或單鍵。 M1
表示具有聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基、或將其等組合而成之聚氧伸烷基的基；或赤藻糖醇基、木糖醇基、山梨糖醇基、甘油基或乙二醇基等具有複數個羥基之親水基(自赤藻糖醇等具有複數個羥基之上述化合物去除1個氫原子而成之親水基)、羥基、羧酸基、巰基、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20；例如較佳為甲氧基)、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基、磺酸基、四級銨基、磺基甜菜鹼基、羥基磺基甜菜鹼基、膦基甜菜鹼基、咪唑鎓甜菜鹼基、羰基甜菜鹼基、環氧基、甲醇基、(甲基)丙烯酸基、或將其等組合而成之官能基。再者，於M1
為多價基之情形時，M1
表示自上述各基或官能基進而去除1個以上之氫原子而成之基。 L1
表示醚基、胺基(可作為L1
採用之胺基係由＞NRC
(RC
表示氫原子或一價基)表示)、醯胺基、酯基、羰基、碳酸酯基之鍵結基。 R21
、R22
、R23
、及R24
分別獨立地表示烷基(較佳為碳數1～20；例如較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20；例如較佳為甲氧基、乙氧基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6～20；例如較佳為苯基)、氟烷基、或芳烷基、或者將其等組合而成之烴基、或者鹵素原子(例如較佳為氟原子)。再者，於R22
及R23
為多價基之情形時，係表示自上述烴基進而去除1個以上之氫原子或氟原子而成之多價烴基。 又，於R22
或R23
與M1
鍵結之情形時，可作為R22
或R23
採用之基除上述各基、上述烴基或鹵素原子外，亦可列舉可作為R32
採用之亞胺基。 關於液膜開裂劑，其中，較佳為如下化合物，該化合物具有(1)、(2)、(5)及(10)式中之任一者所表示之結構作為X，且具有其等式以外之上述式中之任一者所表示之結構作為X之末端、或包含X之末端與Y之基。進而較佳為如下化合物，該化合物包含具有X、或包含X之末端與Y之基由上述(2)、(4)、(5)、(6)、(8)及(9)式中之任一者所表示之結構至少1個的矽氧烷鏈。 作為上述化合物之具體例，可列舉聚矽氧系界面活性劑之有機改性聚矽氧(聚矽氧烷)。例如作為經反應性之有機基改性之有機改性聚矽氧，可列舉：胺基改性者、環氧改性者、羧基改性者、二醇改性者、甲醇改性者、(甲基)丙烯酸基改性者、巰基改性者、酚改性者。又，作為經非反應性之有機基改性之有機改性聚矽氧，可列舉：聚醚改性者(包括聚氧伸烷基改性者)、甲基苯乙烯基改性者、長鏈烷基改性者、高級脂肪酸酯改性者、高級烷氧基改性者、高級脂肪酸改性者、氟改性者等。視其等有機改性之種類，例如可藉由適當變更聚矽氧鏈之分子量、改性率、改性基之加成莫耳數等而獲得發揮出上述之液膜開裂作用之展佈係數。此處，所謂「長鏈」係指碳數為12以上、較佳為12～20者。又，所謂「高級」係指碳數為6以上、較佳為6～20者。 其中，聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧或環氧改性聚矽氧、甲醇改性聚矽氧、二醇改性聚矽氧等作為改性聚矽氧之液膜開裂劑較佳為具有於改性基中具有至少一個氧原子之結構之改性聚矽氧，尤佳為聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧。聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧由於具有聚矽氧烷鏈，故而難以滲透至纖維之內部而容易殘留於表面。又，因加成有親水性之聚氧伸烷基鏈，故而與水之親和性提高，而界面張力較低，因此容易於上述之液膜表面上移動，故而較佳。因此，容易於上述之液膜表面上移動，故而較佳。又，即便實施壓紋等熱熔融加工，於該部分聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧亦容易殘留於纖維之表面從而液膜開裂作用不易降低。尤其於液體容易蓄積之壓紋部分，液膜開裂作用會充分地表現，故而較佳。 作為聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧，可列舉下述式[I]～[IV]所表示者。進而，就液膜開裂作用之觀點而言，較佳為該聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧具有上述範圍之質量平均分子量。 [化2] The present invention relates to a non-woven fabric that reduces the liquid film formed between the fibers of the non-woven fabric to achieve a higher level of liquid residue reduction and improves the prevention of liquid flow on the surface. There are narrow areas between fibers in non-woven fabrics used in front sheets and the like. Even if there is a space through which excretion fluid (such as urine or menstrual blood; also referred to as liquid) can penetrate in this area, it is also due to the capillary force of the meniscus between the fibers or the surface activity produced by plasma proteins, and the higher blood surface viscosity. Because of its nature, it will form a stable liquid film between the fibers and easily retain liquid. The previous technology cannot completely eliminate the liquid film, and there is still room for improvement in the dryness. Furthermore, in recent years, in addition to dryness, consumers have also demanded good skin touch. For this reason, start to use finer fibers. However, if thinner fibers are used, the space between the fibers becomes narrower. As a result, the liquid film between the fibers is more likely to be generated, and the liquid film becomes less likely to be broken and the liquid is more likely to remain. In addition, the liquid to be absorbed is not limited to blood. For example, urine also has surface activity due to phospholipids, and therefore a liquid film is produced in the same manner as described above, causing liquid to remain. As a result, there is room for improvement in dryness. As described above, a technique for removing the liquid film formed in the non-woven fabric in the narrow portion between the fibers is required. However, due to the high stability of the liquid film, it is difficult to remove the liquid film. In addition, it is also considered to coat water-soluble surfactants to reduce the surface tension of the liquid and remove the liquid film. However, if such a surfactant is to be used in an absorbent article to achieve liquid film removal, there is a risk that the liquid will also pass through the liquid-proof backsheet. In addition, from the viewpoint of the liquid permeability of the non-woven fabric, the surface of the non-woven fabric needs moderate hydrophilicity so that the liquid can easily penetrate between the fibers. If the hydrophilicity of the surface of the non-woven fabric is too low, the possibility of liquid flowing on the surface of the non-woven fabric will increase before the liquid enters between the fibers. The non-woven fabric of the present invention can reduce the liquid film formed between the fibers of the non-woven fabric to achieve a higher level of liquid residue reduction, and improve the liquid flow prevention of the surface. As a preferred embodiment of the non-woven fabric of the present invention, for example, the non-woven fabric 5 shown in FIG. 1 can be cited. Furthermore, the non-woven fabric of the present invention can be applied to various articles related to liquid absorption, for example, it can be used as a front sheet of absorbent articles such as menstrual sanitary napkins, baby diapers, and adult diapers. The non-woven fabric 5 has, on the surface of the non-woven fabric, a containing portion 6 containing a liquid film cracking agent and a non-containing portion 7 not containing the above-mentioned liquid film cracking agent. In the nonwoven fabric 5, the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 which both extend in a strip shape in the longitudinal direction (Y direction) are alternately arrange|positioned in the width direction (X direction) orthogonal to the said longitudinal direction. That is, the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 form a striped arrangement pattern. In addition, the extending direction of the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 is not limited to the longitudinal direction in this embodiment, and may be the width direction. The above-mentioned so-called longitudinal direction, as the name suggests, is the direction of the relatively longer length of the non-woven fabric. When the non-woven fabric is used as a raw material sheet and made into a roll shape, or when it is rolled out of a roll shape, it means the The direction in which the non-woven fabric is rolled out. The width direction is a direction orthogonal to the length direction, and in the state of the raw material sheet, it means the roller axis direction. In addition, when the orientation direction of the fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric is known, the orientation direction of the fibers can be referred to as the length direction. At this time, the above-mentioned width direction may be referred to as a direction orthogonal to the alignment direction of the fibers. In addition, the above-mentioned length direction refers to the machine direction (MD: Machine Direction) in the manufacturing stage of the non-woven fabric. The above-mentioned width direction in the non-woven fabric manufacturing stage means the width direction (CD: Cross Direction) orthogonal to the mechanical unloading direction. Furthermore, when the non-woven fabric is cut to a specific size and used as the surface sheet of the absorbent article, the longitudinal direction of the non-woven fabric is the direction that coincides with the longitudinal direction of the absorbent article. Therefore, from the viewpoint of preventing liquid leakage, it is preferable to arrange the extending direction of the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 toward the longitudinal direction of the absorbent article in the form of the aforementioned longitudinal direction (Y direction). In the non-woven fabric 5, when a square 8 with a side length of 5 mm is divided on the surface of the non-woven fabric on which the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 are arranged, there are more than one of the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 in the area of the square 8 Interface 9. The so-called "square with a side length of 5 mm" here is assumed to be the size of the droplet flowing on the surface of the non-woven fabric or the droplet flowing along the wearer's body when wearing a sanitary napkin. The "square with a side length of 5 mm" divides the area on the surface of the non-woven fabric on which the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 are arranged appropriately and arbitrarily. Therefore, when the non-woven fabric 5 is arbitrarily divided into one or more squares on the surface, there are more than one interface 9 between the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 in each divided square area. , The interface 9 means the inside of the square 8, and the linear interface 9 that overlaps the outer circumference of the square 8 is not counted. For example, in the case of FIG. 2(A), it is judged that the number of interfaces 9 in the inner area of the square 8 is 7. In the case of FIG. 2(B), the number of interfaces 9 overlapping the outer circumference of the square 8 is not counted, and the number of interfaces 9 located in the inner area of the square 8 is judged to be 6. The containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 are distinguished based on the presence or absence of a liquid film cracking agent. In addition, in FIG. 1, in order to understand the arrangement area and arrangement pattern of the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7, the containing portion 6 is shown with a pattern attached to it, but in fact, it may not be able to be distinguished by visual inspection (hereinafter, Same in Figures 2-6). Therefore, the distinction between the above-mentioned containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 is not confirmed by visual inspection but by the following method. That is, after sticking the oil-absorbing paper on the surface of the non-woven fabric 5, an acrylic plate with a thickness of 4 mm is placed, and a load is applied thereon so that the weight becomes 600 g/cm 2 for 30 seconds. After applying the load, immediately peel off the oil-absorbing paper, place the oil-absorbing paper on a black backing paper, and visually confirm the color change. The part where the color changes is the containing part 6 containing the liquid film cracking agent, and the other part is the non-containing part 7. As the above-mentioned oil-absorbent paper, various ones can be used, for example, the oil-absorbent paper made of gold foil beaten paper manufactured by Katani Sangyo Co., Ltd. can be mentioned. The so-called liquid film cracking agent contained in the containing portion 6 refers to the liquid film formed between the fibers of the non-woven fabric or on the surface of the fiber by contacting the liquid, such as highly viscous liquid such as menstrual blood, or excretion fluid such as urine, with the non-woven fabric to prevent the liquid film from cracking. The forming agent has the effect of cracking the formed liquid film and the effect of inhibiting the formation of the liquid film. The former can be described as the main role, and the latter can be described as the subsidiary role. The cracking of the liquid film is achieved by the effect of the liquid film cracking agent pushing a part of the liquid film layer to destabilize it. Due to the action of the liquid film cracking agent, the liquid does not remain in the narrow area between the fibers of the laminated non-woven fabric and becomes easy to pass. That is, it becomes a nonwoven fabric excellent in liquid permeability. Thereby, even if the fibers constituting the non-woven fabric are made thin and the distance between the fibers is narrowed, the softness of the skin touch and the suppression of the liquid residue are both achieved. (Properties to make the liquid film disappear) The liquid film cracking agent used in the present invention has the property to make the liquid film disappear. With this property, the liquid film cracking agent can be applied to the test liquid or the plasma component as the main component. In the case of artificial urine, it can show the effect of disappearing liquid film. The artificial urinary system will have 1.940% by mass of urea, 0.795% by mass of sodium chloride, 0.110% by mass of magnesium sulfate, 0.062% by mass of calcium chloride, 0.197% by mass of potassium sulfate, 0.010% by mass of red No. 2 (dye), and water (approximately 96.88% by mass). Mass%) and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether (approximately 0.07 mass%) and the surface tension of the mixture is adjusted to 53±1 mN/m (23°C). The so-called liquid film disappearing effect here includes the following two effects, namely, against the structure body that entrains air due to the liquid film formed by the test liquid or artificial urine, suppressing the formation of the liquid film of the structure body, and making the formed structure body Disappearing, an agent that exhibits at least one effect can be said to have the property of exhibiting the disappearing effect of the liquid film. The above-mentioned test liquid is a liquid component extracted from defibrinated horse blood (manufactured by NIPPON BIOTEST Co., Ltd.). Specifically, if 100 mL of defibrinated horse blood is allowed to stand for 1 hour under the conditions of a temperature of 22° C. and a humidity of 65%, the defibrinated horse blood is separated into an upper layer and a lower layer. At this time, the upper layer is the above-mentioned test liquid. The upper layer mainly contains plasma components, and the lower layer mainly contains blood cell components. When removing only the upper layer from the defibrinated horse blood separated into the upper layer and the lower layer, for example, a pipette (manufactured by Kensakizai Co., Ltd.) can be used. Regarding whether a certain agent has the above-mentioned "property to make the liquid film disappear", it is set to a state where it is easy to produce a structure that entrains air due to the liquid film formed by the above-mentioned test liquid or artificial urine applied with the agent, according to the situation When determining the amount of the structure, that is, the amount of liquid film. That is, the above-mentioned test liquid or artificial urine was adjusted to a temperature of 25°C, and then 10 g was added to a spiral tube (No. 5 manufactured by Maruemu Co., Ltd., tube diameter 27 mm, total length 55 mm) to obtain a standard sample. In addition, as the measurement sample, the same thing as the standard sample was obtained by adding 0.01 g of an agent to be measured that had been adjusted to 25°C in advance. The standard sample and the measurement sample were vigorously oscillated twice in the upper and lower directions of the spiral tube, respectively, and then quickly placed on a horizontal surface. By the oscillation of the sample, a liquid layer (lower layer) without the above-mentioned structure and a structure layer (upper layer) containing a large amount of the structure formed on the liquid layer are formed inside the spiral tube after the oscillation. Immediately after the end of the shaking 10 seconds, the height of the structure layer (the height from the liquid level of the liquid layer to the upper surface of the structure layer) of the two samples was measured. Then, when the height of the structure layer of the measurement sample is 90% or less relative to the height of the structure layer of the standard sample, the agent to be measured is regarded as having a liquid film cracking effect. The liquid film cracking agent used in the present invention is a single compound that meets the above properties or a mixture of multiple combinations of a single compound that meets the above properties, or a combination of multiple compounds that meets the above properties (which can make the liquid film Cracking) of the agent. That is, the term "liquid film cracking agent" refers to an agent limited to those having a liquid film cracking effect based on the above definition. Therefore, when the compound used in the absorbent article contains the third component that does not meet the above definition, it is distinguished from the liquid film cracking agent. Furthermore, with regard to the liquid film cracking agent and the third component, the so-called "single compound" includes a concept including compounds having the same composition formula but different molecular weights depending on the number of repeating units. As the liquid film cracking agent, it can be appropriately selected and used from those described in paragraphs [0007] to [0186] of the specification of International Publication No. 2016/098796. In the present invention, the so-called non-woven fabric containing portion 6 containing or containing a liquid film cracking agent mainly refers to adhesion to the surface of the fiber. However, as long as the liquid film cracking agent remains on the surface of the fiber, it may be what is contained in the fiber, or may be what is present in the fiber by internal addition. As a method for attaching the liquid film cracking agent to the fiber surface, various methods commonly used can be adopted without particular limitation. For example, flexographic printing, inkjet printing, gravure printing, screen printing, spraying, brushing, etc. may be mentioned. These treatments can be carried out after the fibers are made into a fiber web by various methods, and thereafter, the fiber web can be made into a non-woven fabric or after being incorporated into an absorbent article. The fiber with the liquid film cracking agent attached to the surface is dried at a temperature sufficiently lower than the melting point of the fiber resin (for example, 120°C or less) by using a hot-air blower dryer, for example. In addition, when the liquid film cracking agent is attached to the fiber using the above-mentioned attachment method, a solution containing the liquid film cracking agent, or a solution of the liquid film cracking agent, which is obtained by dissolving the liquid film cracking agent in a solvent as necessary, is used. Emulsion and dispersion are carried out. Regarding the liquid film cracking agent of the present invention, in order for the non-woven fabric to have the following liquid film cracking effect, the liquid film cracking agent must be present in a liquid form when it comes into contact with body fluids. In this respect, the melting point of the liquid film cracking agent of the present invention is preferably 40°C or less, more preferably 35°C or less. Furthermore, the melting point of the liquid film cracking agent of the present invention is preferably -220°C or higher, more preferably -180°C or higher. The liquid film cracking agent is as follows, and its surface tension is lower than the previous hydrophilic treatment agent used for non-woven fibers. That is, the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing portion 6 is greater than the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing portion 7. Therefore, the constituent fibers of the containing portion 6 are given slidability or hydrophobicity by the liquid film cracking agent, and the slidability of the liquid on the surface of the non-woven fabric is improved compared to the case where there is no liquid film cracking agent. Especially when the surface initially receives liquid from the dry state, it is easy to cause the surface of the liquid to flow out. In contrast, since the non-containing portion 7 does not have a liquid film cracking agent, it plays a role of suppressing the outflow of liquid on the surface of the non-woven fabric 5. In the non-woven fabric 5, there is at least one interface between the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 in a square area corresponding to the size of the droplet. Therefore, on the surface of the nonwoven fabric 5, for one droplet, at least one set of the containing portion 6 containing the liquid film cracking agent and the non-containing portion 7 not containing the liquid film cracking agent are overlapped. At the time of such overlap, the liquid film cracking effect of the containing part 6 and the liquid flow inhibiting effect of the non-containing part are simultaneously expressed for the droplets. As a result, the non-woven fabric 5 suppresses the flow of liquid on the surface of the non-woven fabric, and cracks the liquid film formed between the fibers to improve the liquid permeability in the thickness direction. Thereby, it is possible to achieve and maintain a high liquid residue reduction of the non-woven fabric 5 while improving the liquid surface flow prevention property. Furthermore, the details of the function and specific examples of the liquid film cracking agent will be described below. Regarding the difference between the contact angle of the constituent fiber of the containing portion 6 and the contact angle of the constituent fiber of the non-containing portion 7, the ease of shrinkage of the outer circumference of the droplet on the containing portion 6, that is, the wave-shape of the outer circumference of the droplet 90 From the viewpoint of ease of occurrence, it is preferably 5 degrees or more, more preferably 10 degrees or more, and still more preferably 20 degrees or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of the ease of maintaining the resulting waveform, the difference in the contact angle is preferably 70 degrees or less, more preferably 50 degrees or less, and still more preferably 30 degrees or less. Furthermore, the above-mentioned contact angle can be measured by the following method. The contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing portion 7 is preferably 90 degrees or less, more preferably 80 degrees or less, and still more preferably 70 degrees or less. Thereby, the wettability of the fiber surface is appropriately imparted and the liquid enters between the fibers to easily inhibit the flow of the liquid, and the wetted area increases, and the liquid film cracking agent becomes easy to move to the liquid film. In addition, the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing portion 6 is preferably 110 degrees or less, more preferably 90 degrees or less, and still more preferably 80 degrees or less. Thereby, the sliding property or hydrophobicity of the containing part 6 is weakened, and the surface outflow of the liquid existing on the surface of the non-woven fabric becomes difficult to occur. The measurement of the above-mentioned contact angle can be carried out by the following method. That is, the fiber is taken out from a specific part of the nonwoven fabric, and the contact angle of water with respect to the fiber is measured. As the measuring device, the automatic contact angle meter MCA-J manufactured by Concord Interface Science Co., Ltd. was used. Deionized water is used in the measurement of contact angle. Measure under the conditions of temperature 25 degrees and relative humidity (RH) 65%. The amount of liquid ejected from the inkjet water droplet ejection unit (Cluster Technology, a pulse jet CTC-25 with an aperture of 25 μm) was set to 20 microliters, and water droplets were dropped directly above the fiber. Record the dripping situation to a high-speed recording device connected to a horizontally set camera. Regarding the video recording device, from the viewpoint of subsequent image analysis, a personal computer equipped with a high-speed capture device is more desirable. In this measurement, images were recorded every 17 msec. In the recorded image, the first image when the water droplets are dropped on the fiber taken out of the non-woven fabric uses the attached software FAMAS (set: the software version is 2.6.2, the analytical method is the droplet method, and the analytical method is θ/2 Method, the image processing algorithm is no reflection, the image processing image mode is the frame, the threshold level is 200, and the curvature correction is not performed) Perform image analysis to calculate the formation of the surface of the water droplet in contact with the air and the fiber The angle is set as the contact angle. The fiber taken out from the non-woven fabric is cut to a fiber length of 1 mm, and the fiber is placed on the sample table of the contact angle meter and maintained horizontally. The contact angles of two different parts of each fiber are measured. The contact angle of N=5 is measured to one digit below the decimal point, and the value obtained by averaging the measured values of 10 positions (rounded to the second digit below the decimal point) is defined as the contact angle. The arrangement pattern of the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 is not limited to the one shown in FIG. 1 as long as it satisfies the above-mentioned square 8 condition and can take into account the cracking effect of the liquid film and the surface flow suppression effect of the droplets. pattern. For example, even if it is the same stripe-like arrangement pattern, the extension direction can be different from that shown in FIG. 1. As a specific example thereof, a pattern in which the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 extend in a band shape in the X direction orthogonal to the Y direction shown in FIG. 3-1(A) can be cited. Moreover, it may be the thing which arrange|positions the containing part 6 mutually spaced apart discontinuously. At this time, the shape of the containing portion 6 separated from each other is not particularly limited, and various shapes such as a circle, a rectangle, and a dotted line can be adopted. It may also be a pattern in which the containing portion 6 having a specific shape as described above is arranged to be spaced apart from each other along the Y direction and the X direction. That is, it may be an arrangement pattern in which a plurality of containing portions 6 having a specific shape are dispersedly arranged in a plurality of directions while being spaced apart from each other in both the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the nonwoven fabric. For example, as shown in FIG. 3-1(B), the pattern etc. which arrange|position the containing part 6 made into a circle (dot shape) so that it may mutually spaced apart along the Y direction and the X direction, etc. are mentioned. In this case, the portion adjacent to the containing portion 6 becomes the non-containing portion 7. In this pattern, the distance between the containing portions 6 in the Y direction and the X direction may be the same, and the distance between the containing portions 6 in the Y direction and the X direction may be different. Figure 3-1(B) is a pattern in which the distance between the vertical and horizontal containing parts is fixed. In addition, it may be an arrangement pattern in which the non-containing portion 7 instead of the containing portion 6 has a specific shape and is arranged dispersedly in a plurality of directions. In this case, the portion adjacent to the non-containing portion 7 becomes the containing portion 6. In addition, it may also be an arrangement pattern in which the containing portion 6 or the non-containing portion 7 is imitated in the shape of various patterns. For example, a plurality of containing parts 6 may be arranged in the form of wavy lines, and the spaces between the containing parts 6 may be regarded as non-containing parts 7. It may also be a pattern in which the containing portion 6 is formed into a plurality of ellipse circles with different sizes and arranged concentrically apart from each other. In this case, the contained parts 6 also become non-containing parts. Furthermore, the containing part 6 or the non-containing part 7 can also be made into a more complicated geometric shape. For example, as shown in FIG. 3-2(C), the containing portion 6 may include a plurality of lines of geometric shapes such as a lattice shape, and the containing portion 6 may serve as the non-containing portion 7. It can also be reversed, and as shown in FIG. 3-2(D), the non-containing portion 7 includes a plurality of lines of geometric shapes such as a lattice shape, and the non-containing portion 7 serves as the containing portion 6 between the non-containing portions 7. More preferably, the non-woven fabric 5 has a plurality of (2 or more) interfaces 9 in the area of the square 8. Due to the presence of a plurality of interfaces 9, it exerts a strong restraint effect on the droplets spanning both the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7, so that the surface flow of the liquid is more difficult to generate. Specifically, this effect is as follows. That is, the interface 9 is the boundary between the different contact angles of the adjacent containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 according to the presence or absence of the liquid film cracking agent, because the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing portion 6 is larger than that of the non-containing portion 7 The contact angle of the fiber is provided with sliding properties or hydrophobicity due to the liquid film cracking agent, so it is difficult for the wetting of the droplets to proceed. In addition, the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing portion 7 is smaller than the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing portion 6, and the wetting of the droplets is easier than when the liquid film cracking agent is present. Due to the difference in wettability, with the interface 9 as the boundary, the outer periphery of the liquid droplet on the containing part 6 shrinks in a way that the outer periphery of the liquid droplet on the non-containing part 7 shrinks as if restrained. . Due to the presence of a plurality of interfaces 9, the number of indented parts of the droplet increases, and as shown in FIG. 4, the outer periphery of the droplet 90 becomes wavy. Along with the wave formation, the distance between the contact line of the liquid droplet and the non-woven fabric 5 increases, and the liquid droplet is difficult to move on the surface of the non-woven fabric 5, so that the effect of suppressing the surface flow of the liquid droplet is exerted more strongly. At the same time, the interface 9 as the boundary of the contact angle is formed by the liquid film cracking agent, thereby generating the effect of cracking the liquid film between the fibers of the non-woven fabric 5, and the liquid permeability in the thickness direction is improved. As a result, the non-woven fabric 5 can achieve high liquid residue reduction and improve the liquid surface flow prevention property. In addition, due to the presence of multiple interfaces 9 in the area of the square 8 on the surface of the non-woven fabric, droplets of excretion fluid or droplets that flow along the wearer’s body when wearing absorbent articles are in contact with the non-woven fabric for the first time or with the non-woven fabric During the process of flowing on the surface of the non-woven fabric after contact, the probability of crossing both the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 becomes higher. Thereby, the above-mentioned effects are exerted more strongly, and the higher liquid residue reduction of the non-woven fabric and the prevention of liquid surface flow can be further improved. In the non-woven fabric 5, the area of the square 8 including the interface 9 that functions as described above may exist in the entire non-woven fabric 5 or in a part of the non-woven fabric 5. That is, the combination of the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 of the liquid film cracking agent may be present on the entire surface of the non-woven fabric 5, or may be present on a part of the surface of the non-woven fabric 5. It is preferable that the area of the square 8 is arranged at least at the position of the non-woven fabric 5 that will be the receiving part of the liquid directly receiving the liquid. The so-called liquid receiving part, as its name implies, when the non-woven fabric 5 is used in an absorbent article, it means the part that catches the excrement liquid. For example, when the non-woven fabric 5 is used as a front sheet of a paper diaper or a daily sanitary napkin, it can be considered that the liquid receiving part is the central part of the paper diaper or daily sanitary napkin in the longitudinal direction and the width direction. In addition, when the non-woven fabric 5 is used as the front sheet of the night sanitary napkin, it can be considered that the liquid receiving part is the second from the front when the night sanitary napkin is divided into 4 areas in the longitudinal direction. The central part of each area in the length direction and width direction. The so-called "front" here refers to the direction toward the wearer's abdomen when wearing the night sanitary napkin. In particular, when the nonwoven fabric 5 is used as a surface sheet of an absorbent article, the above-mentioned situation is effective from the viewpoint of liquid absorbency. That is, for an absorbent article, in order to effectively act on the excretion liquid, it is preferable that the square area of the non-woven fabric 5 exists in the part (excretion opening contact part) which abuts the wearer's excretion part. The abutment part of the excretion opening differs depending on the purpose of the absorbent article, etc. For example, in the menstrual sanitary napkin 100 with side flaps shown in FIG. 5, at the center of the width of the front sheet 110 overlapping with the absorbent body 120, the quilt extends back and forth in the length direction from the position sandwiched by the side flaps 130 The portion surrounded by the leakage prevention groove 140 becomes the drain port contact portion 150. Here, it is preferable to configure the non-woven fabric 5 in such a manner that an area of a square 8 having one or more interfaces 9 is arranged. In addition, with regard to the thickness direction of the nonwoven fabric 5, it is preferable that at least the surface on the side receiving the liquid contains a liquid film cracking agent. In the front sheet of the above-mentioned example, it is preferable to contain a liquid film cracking agent at least on the side of the skin abutting surface which is in contact with the wearer's skin. Moreover, in the non-woven fabric 5, it is preferable that the area ratio of the containing portion 6 to the non-containing portion 7 is greater than one. It means the area ratio in the area divided by the above-mentioned square 8 with a side length of 5 mm. For the surface area of the non-woven fabric on which the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 are arranged, at least one square area with a side length of 5 mm that satisfies the above-mentioned area ratio of 1 or more is sufficient. There is at least one square area at any position in the length direction of the non-woven fabric 5, that is, the direction in which the length direction of the absorbent article coincides. In this case, the aforementioned "any position in the direction that coincides with the longitudinal direction of the nonwoven fabric 5, that is, the longitudinal direction of the absorbent article" also includes the aforementioned liquid receiving portion. Furthermore, the above-mentioned area ratio can be measured by the above-mentioned method using oil-absorbing paper. It was confirmed that the area ratio was greater than 1, and the liquid flow was stabilized so that the liquid flow could be reduced. The containing part 6 is a part that shrinks inwardly from the outer circumference of the droplet. Therefore, when the area ratio of the containing part 6 to the non-containing part 7 is greater than 1, the shrinkage becomes larger, and it becomes easy to produce larger shrinkage. The amplitude of the waveform. Thereby, the distance between the contact line of the droplet and the non-woven fabric 5 is increased, and the effect of suppressing the surface flow of the droplet can be improved. Furthermore, in the non-woven fabric 5, since the area ratio is greater than 1, when the liquid droplet stopping the liquid flow enters between the fibers, it becomes susceptible to liquid film cracking. That is, for the liquid received by the non-woven fabric 5, the liquid film cracking effect and the liquid flow prevention effect are more clearly expressed at the same time, and the non-woven fabric 5 can achieve high liquid residue reduction while improving the liquid surface flow prevention performance. Regarding the above-mentioned area ratio (area of the containing portion/area of the non-containing portion), from the viewpoint of the increase in the waveform, it is more preferably 1.3 or more, and still more preferably 1.5 or more. In addition, the upper limit of the above-mentioned area ratio is not particularly limited. Regarding the wave form of the droplet, from the viewpoint of maintaining the balance between the shrinkage in the containing portion 6 and the expansion in the non-containing portion 7, the above-mentioned area ratio is preferably 16 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. Furthermore, in the non-woven fabric 5, it is more preferable that the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 are periodically arranged on the surface of the non-woven fabric. Thereby, the same area as the area divided by the square 8 having one or more interfaces 9 is repeated in the plane direction of the non-woven fabric to perform pattern arrangement. In addition, when the area divided by the square 8 satisfies the condition that "the area ratio of the contained portion 6 to the non-containing portion 7 is greater than 1", in the above-mentioned periodic arrangement, the square 8 that satisfies the above-mentioned area ratio condition The area is repeated in the plane direction of the non-woven fabric for pattern configuration. For example, the configuration shown in Figures 3-1 and 3-2 mentioned above can be cited. By arranging periodically, the above-mentioned effects exhibited in the area divided by the square 8 will be exhibited with higher homogeneity in each spot on the surface of the non-woven fabric. That is, even when the position of receiving the liquid is not fixed and shifts every time the liquid is received, the expected binding effect on the droplets and the cracking effect of the liquid film between the fibers are effectively exhibited. As a result, the non-woven fabric 5 obtains excellent liquid permeability in a wide range of aspects, while achieving high liquid residue reduction properties, and improving liquid surface flow prevention properties. The above is effective from the viewpoint of liquid absorbency when the non-woven fabric 5 is used as a top sheet of an absorbent article. When the non-woven fabric 5 is used as a front sheet of an absorbent article, even if the attachment position of the droplet changes due to the wearing method or daily actions, it can still exhibit high leakage resistance and liquid permeability. Thereby, if the non-woven fabric 5 is used as the top sheet, it can greatly contribute to the improvement of the liquid absorbency and wearing feeling of the absorbent article. Moreover, in the nonwoven fabric 5, it is preferable that the sum of the width|variety of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 is 2500 micrometers or less. It is particularly preferable to satisfy the above-mentioned sum of width conditions in the area divided by the above-mentioned square with a side length of 5 mm. Thereby, the contact line between the flowing liquid droplet (about 5 mm) and the non-woven fabric becomes easy to be waved, and the liquid surface flow inhibition effect can be improved. At this time, if the above-mentioned condition of "area ratio greater than 1" is satisfied, the surface flow suppression effect of the liquid generated by satisfying the above-mentioned condition of the sum of widths will be strengthened, so it is preferable. Here, the "width of the containing portion 6" refers to the shortest distance between adjacent non-containing portions 7, 7. The so-called "width of the non-containing portion 7" is the shortest distance between adjacent containing portions 6, 6. For example, in the case of stripe-like pattern arrangement, as shown in Figure 6(A), the width of the containing portion 6 is the width of the adjacent non-containing portions 7 and 7 and the width of the non-containing portion 7 is adjacent to each other. It contains a bandwidth of 7A between parts 6 and 6. In addition, as shown in FIG. 6(B), when the containing portions 6 are arranged in a circular (dot-shaped) pattern arranged at a specific interval from each other, the width of the containing portion 6 is the diameter of the circle 6B , The width of the non-containing portion 7 is the shortest distance 7B between the containing portions 6, 6. The above-mentioned width can be measured by the above-mentioned method using oil-absorbing paper and based on the above-mentioned definition. Regarding the sum of the widths of the above-mentioned containing portion 6 and non-containing portion 7, from the viewpoint of the waveform of the droplet, it is more preferably 2000 μm or less, and still more preferably 1500 μm or less. In addition, the lower limit of the sum of the widths is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of increasing the amplitude of the waveform, the sum of the widths is preferably 100 μm or more, more preferably 500 μm or more, and still more preferably 1000 μm or more . Next, a preferred embodiment of the liquid film cracking agent contained in the containing portion of the non-woven fabric of the present invention will be described. The spreading coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m is 15 mN/m or more. Furthermore, a compound having the properties of the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment may be referred to as compound C1. In addition, the liquid film cracking agent preferably has a water solubility of 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less. The nonwoven fabric of the first embodiment contains the liquid film cracking agent described above. The "spreading coefficient to liquids with a surface tension of 50 mN/m" of the liquid film cracking agent refers to the spreading coefficient of liquids assumed to be excreted fluids such as menstrual blood or urine as mentioned above. The so-called "spreading coefficient" is calculated based on the following formula (1) based on the measured value obtained by the following measuring method in an environmental zone with a temperature of 25°C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65% The value. Furthermore, the liquid film in the formula (1) means the liquid phase of "a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m", and includes the liquid in the state where the film has been spread between the fibers or on the surface of the fiber, and the film is spread out The two liquids in the previous state are also referred to as liquids for short. Moreover, the surface tension of the formula (1) means the interfacial tension at the interface between the liquid film and the liquid film cracking agent and the gas phase, which is different from the interfacial tension of the liquid film cracking agent and the liquid film between the liquid phase. This difference is also the same in other descriptions of this specification. S = γ w －γ o －γ wo (1) γ w : Surface tension of liquid film (liquid) γ o : Surface tension of liquid film cracking agent γ wo : Interfacial tension of liquid film cracking agent and liquid film according to the formula (1) It can be seen that the spread coefficient (S) of the liquid film cracking agent will become larger due to the decrease of the surface tension (γ o ) of the liquid film cracking agent, and will increase due to the interfacial tension between the liquid film cracking agent and the liquid film (γ o) wo ) becomes smaller and larger. With the spreading coefficient being 15 mN/m or more, the liquid film cracking agent becomes one with higher mobility, that is, higher diffusibility, on the surface of the liquid film generated in the narrow area between the fibers. From this point of view, the spread coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent is more preferably 20 mN/m or more, more preferably 25 mN/m or more, and particularly preferably 30 mN/m or more. On the other hand, the upper limit is not particularly limited, but according to the formula (1), when a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m is used, the upper limit becomes 50 mN/m; when a liquid with a surface tension of 60 mN/m is used, the upper limit In the case of m liquid, the upper limit becomes 60 mN/m; in the case of using a liquid with a surface tension of 70 mN/m, the upper limit becomes 70 mN/m, so the surface tension of the liquid forming the liquid film becomes the upper limit . Therefore, in the present invention, from the viewpoint of using a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m, the upper limit of the spread coefficient is 50 mN/m or less. The so-called "water solubility" of the liquid film cracking agent refers to the mass (g) of the liquid film cracking agent that can be dissolved in 100 g of deionized water, and is based on the following measurement method at a temperature of 25°C and a relative humidity ( RH) The value measured in an environmental area of 65%. When the water solubility is 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less, the liquid film cracking agent is difficult to dissolve and forms an interface with the liquid film, thereby more effectively exerting the above-mentioned diffusibility. From the same viewpoint, the water solubility of the liquid film cracking agent is preferably 0.0025 g or less, more preferably 0.0017 g or less, and still more preferably less than 0.0001 g. In addition, the water solubility is as small as possible, and it is 0 g or more. From the viewpoint of diffusibility into the liquid film, it is actually 1.0×10 -9 g or more. Furthermore, it is believed that the above-mentioned water solubility is also completely applicable to menstrual blood or urine with water as the main component. The surface tension (γ w ) of the above-mentioned liquid film (liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m), the surface tension of the liquid film cracking agent (γ o ), the interfacial tension between the liquid film cracking agent and the liquid film (γ wo ), And the water solubility of the liquid film cracking agent is measured by the following method. Furthermore, when the non-woven fabric to be measured is a member (for example, a front sheet) incorporated in absorbent articles such as sanitary products or disposable diapers, it is taken out and measured as follows. That is, for absorbent articles, after weakening the adhesive used for joining the member of the measurement target and other members by a cooling method such as cold spraying, the member of the measurement target is carefully peeled off and taken out. This extraction method is suitable for the measurement of the non-woven fabric of the present invention, such as the measurement of the distance between fibers and the fineness described below. In addition, when measuring the liquid film cracking agent attached to the fiber, first use a cleaning solution such as hexane, methanol, ethanol, etc. to clean the fiber with the liquid film cracking agent attached to the fiber. The solvent (cleaning solvent containing the liquid film cracking agent) is dried and then taken out. The mass of the material taken out at this time is suitable for calculating the content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cracking agent relative to the fiber mass. When the amount of the material taken out is small for the measurement of surface tension or interfacial tension, select an appropriate column and solvent according to the composition of the material taken out, and then use high performance liquid chromatography to analyze each component Distinguish, and then perform MS (mass spectrometry) measurement, NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance, nuclear magnetic resonance) measurement, elemental analysis, etc. for each component to identify the structure of each component. In addition, when the liquid film cracking agent contains a polymer compound, it becomes easier to identify the constituents by using methods such as gel permeation chromatography (GPC) in combination. In addition, if the substance is a commercially available product, it is purchased, and if the substance is not a commercially available product, it is synthesized to obtain a sufficient amount, and the surface tension or interfacial tension is measured. Especially when measuring surface tension and interfacial tension, when the liquid film cracking agent obtained by the above method is solid, it is heated to the melting point of the liquid film cracking agent +5°C to make the phase transfer into liquid, and at this temperature The measurement is carried out directly under the conditions. (Method for measuring the surface tension (γ w ) of the liquid film (liquid)) The platinum plate can be measured by the plate method (Wilhelmy method) in an environmental area with a temperature of 25°C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. As a measuring device at this time, an automatic surface tensiometer "CBVP-Z" (trade name, manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.) can be used. The platinum plate system uses a purity of 99.9%, a size of 25 mm in length and 10 mm in width. Furthermore, in the following measurement of the liquid film cracking agent, the above-mentioned measurement method is used, and the above-mentioned "liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m" is the following solution, which is added to deionized water as Polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate (for example, manufactured by Kao Co., Ltd., trade name RHEODOL SUPER TW-L120), which is a non-ionic surface active material, is obtained by adjusting the surface tension to 50±1 mN/m. (Method for measuring the surface tension (γ o ) of the liquid film cracking agent) It can be measured in the same way as the measurement of the surface tension (γ w ) of the liquid film in an environment with a temperature of 25°C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. Plate method, use the same device for measurement. When performing this measurement, when the liquid film cracking agent obtained as described above is solid, it is heated to the melting point of the liquid film cracking agent +5°C to make the phase transition into liquid, and it is carried out directly under the temperature condition Determination. (Method for measuring the interfacial tension (γ wo ) between the liquid film cracking agent and the liquid film) It can be measured by the hanging drop method in an environmental area with a temperature of 25°C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. As a measuring device at this time, an automatic interface viscoelasticity measuring device (manufactured by TECLIS-ITCONCEPT, trade name THE TRACKER; or KRUSS, trade name DSA25S) can be used. In the hanging drop method, the non-ionic interfacial active substance contained in a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m starts at the same time when the drop is formed, and the interfacial tension decreases with the passage of time. Therefore, read the interfacial tension when the drop is formed (at 0 seconds). In addition, when the measurement is performed, when the liquid film cracking agent obtained as described above is a solid, it is heated to the melting point of the liquid film cracking agent + 5°C to make the phase transition into a liquid, and under the temperature condition Perform the measurement directly. In addition, when measuring the interfacial tension, when the density difference between the liquid film cracking agent and the liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m is very small, or when the viscosity is very high, if the interfacial tension value is the measurement limit of the pendant drop agent Below, there are cases where the interfacial tension measurement by the pendant drop method becomes difficult. In this case, the measurement can be achieved by using the spin drop method to perform measurement in an environmental area with a temperature of 25°C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. As a measuring device at this time, a spin-drop interfacial tensiometer (manufactured by KRUSS Corporation, trade name SITE100) can be used. In addition, regarding the measurement, the interfacial tension when the shape of the drop is stable is also read. When the obtained liquid film cracking agent is solid, it is heated to the melting point of the liquid film cracking agent +5°C to make the phase transfer It is a liquid, and the measurement is carried out directly under this temperature condition. Furthermore, when the interfacial tension can be measured by the above-mentioned two measuring devices, the smaller interfacial tension value is used as the measurement result. (Measurement method of water solubility of liquid film cracking agent) In an environmental area with a temperature of 25°C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%, while stirring 100 g of deionized water with a stirrer, the obtained liquid film cracking agent is slowly To dissolve in the ground, the amount of dissolution at the point when it no longer dissolves (visible suspension or precipitation, precipitation, white turbidity) is defined as the water solubility. Specifically, the measurement is performed by adding 0.0001 g each time. As a result, it was set as "less than 0.0001 g" when it was observed that even 0.0001 g was not dissolved, and it was set as "0.0001 g" when it was observed that 0.0001 g was dissolved but not 0.0002 g was not dissolved. Furthermore, when the liquid film cracking agent is a surfactant, the so-called "dissolution" means both monodisperse dissolution and micellar disperse dissolution, and the amount of dissolution at the time of suspension or precipitation, precipitation, and white turbidity becomes water solubility . The liquid film cracking agent of this embodiment has the above-mentioned spread coefficient and water solubility, so that it does not dissolve but diffuses on the surface of the liquid film, and can push the layer of the liquid film from the vicinity of the center of the liquid film. This makes the liquid film unstable and cracks it. Here, referring to FIGS. 7 and 8, the action of the liquid film cracking agent of the present embodiment on the non-woven fabric will be specifically described. As shown in FIG. 7, in the narrow area between the fibers, fluids with high viscosity such as menstrual blood or excretion fluids such as urine are easy to spread on the liquid film 2. In response to this, the liquid film cracking agent destabilizes the liquid film and breaks the film in the following manner, thereby suppressing the formation of the liquid film and promoting drainage from the non-woven fabric. First, as shown in FIG. 8 (A1) and (B1), the liquid film cracking agent 3 of the fiber 1 of the non-woven fabric moves on the surface of the liquid film 2 while maintaining the interface with the liquid film 2. Then, the liquid film cracking agent 3 is as shown in Figure 8 (A2) and (B2), pushing a part of the liquid film 2 and infiltrating in the thickness direction, and as shown in Figure 8 (A3) and (B3), Slowly make the liquid film 2 uneven and change it to a thinner film. As a result, the liquid film 2 cracked due to the occurrence of voids in a cracking manner as shown in Figs. 8 (A4) and (B4). The cracked menstrual blood and other liquids become droplets, and it becomes easier to pass between the fibers of the non-woven fabric to reduce liquid residue. In addition, the effect of the above-mentioned liquid film cracking agent on the liquid film is not limited to the case of the liquid film between the fibers, and it also acts on the liquid film wound on the surface of the fiber in the same way. That is, the liquid film cracking agent can move on the liquid film wound on the surface of the fiber, thereby pushing away a part of the liquid film to crack the liquid film. In addition, for the liquid film wound on the surface of the fiber, even if the liquid film cracking agent does not move to the position attached to the fiber, it will crack the liquid film due to its hydrophobic effect, thereby inhibiting the formation of the liquid film. As described above, the liquid film cracking agent of the present invention does not reduce the surface tension of the liquid film, that is, liquid modification, but pushes the liquid film itself generated between the fibers or the fiber surface to crack, thereby suppressing the cracking. The liquid film is formed to promote the drainage of liquid from the non-woven fabric. In this way, the liquid residue of the non-woven fabric can be reduced. In addition, if such a non-woven fabric is incorporated into an absorbent article as a front sheet, the liquid retention between the fibers is suppressed, and the liquid permeation path to the absorbent body is ensured. Thereby, the permeability of the liquid is improved, the flow of the liquid on the surface of the sheet is suppressed, and the absorption speed of the liquid is increased. In particular, it can increase the absorption speed of liquids that are easy to remain between the fibers, such as menstrual blood with high viscosity. In addition, contamination such as red color in the front sheet is not easily noticeable, and it becomes an absorbent article that can reliably feel the relief of absorption and has high reliability. In this embodiment, the liquid film cracking agent further preferably has an interfacial tension to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m of 20 mN/m or less. That is, the "interfacial tension between the liquid film cracking agent and the liquid film (γ wo )", which defines the value of the spread coefficient (S) in the above-mentioned formula (1), is preferably 20 mN/m or less as a variable. By suppressing the "interfacial tension between the liquid film cracking agent and the liquid film (γ wo )" to be low, and the spreading coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent is increased, the liquid film cracking agent becomes easy to move from the fiber surface to the center of the liquid film Move nearby, so that the above-mentioned effects become more obvious. From this point of view, the "interfacial tension to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m" of the liquid film cracking agent is more preferably 17 mN/m or less, more preferably 13 mN/m or less, and still more preferably 10 mN/m or less, particularly preferably 9 mN/m or less, and particularly preferably 1 mN/m or less. On the other hand, the lower limit is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of the insolubility of the liquid film, it may be greater than 0 mN/m. Furthermore, when the interfacial tension is 0 mN/m, that is, when the dissolution is performed, the interface between the liquid film and the liquid film cracking agent cannot be formed, so the equation (1) does not hold and the expansion of the agent does not occur. Regarding the spread coefficient, it can also be known from its mathematical formula that its value changes according to the surface tension of the target liquid. For example, when the surface tension of the target liquid is 72 mN/m, the surface tension of the liquid film cracking agent is 21 mN/m, and the interfacial tension thereof is 0.2 mN/m, the spread coefficient becomes 50.8 mN/m. In addition, when the surface tension of the target liquid is 30 mN/m, the surface tension of the liquid film cracking agent is 21 mN/m, and the interfacial tension thereof is 0.2 mN/m, the spread coefficient becomes 8.8 mN/m. In either case, the more the agent with the larger spreading coefficient, the better the cracking effect of the liquid film. In this specification, the value of the surface tension at 50 mN/m is defined. However, even if the surface tension is different, the relationship between the spreading coefficients of the substances will not change. Therefore, even if the surface tension of the body fluid is The physical condition of the agent changes, and the more the agent with the larger spreading coefficient, the more excellent the effect of liquid film cracking. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the surface tension of the liquid film cracking agent is preferably 32 mN/m or less, more preferably 30 mN/m or less, still more preferably 25 mN/m or less, and particularly preferably 22 mN/m the following. In addition, the lower the surface tension, the better, and the lower limit is not particularly limited. From the standpoint of durability of the liquid film cracking agent, it is actually 1 mN/m or more. By setting the surface tension of the liquid film cracking agent to be below the above-mentioned range, even when the surface tension of the target liquid spreading on the liquid film is reduced, the liquid film cracking effect can be effectively exerted. Next, the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment will be described. The liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment has a spread coefficient to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m greater than 0 mN/m, which is a positive value, and the interfacial tension to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m is 20 mN/m or less. In addition, the compound having the properties of the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment may be referred to as compound C2. Then, the liquid film cracking agent preferably has a water solubility of 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less. The nonwoven fabric of the second embodiment contains the liquid film cracking agent described above. Setting the above-mentioned "interfacial tension to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m" to 20 mN/m or less means that the diffusibility of the liquid film cracking agent on the liquid film is improved as described above. As a result, even when the "spreading coefficient for liquids with a surface tension of 50 mN/m" is relatively small, the spreading coefficient of 15 mN/m is relatively small. The liquid film cracking agent with a large surface is dispersed into the liquid film, and the liquid film is pushed open in a large number of positions, thereby exerting the same effect as in the case of the first embodiment. Furthermore, the so-called "spread coefficient to liquid with surface tension of 50 mN/m", "water solubility" and "interfacial tension to liquid with surface tension of 50 mN/m" of liquid film cracking agent are related to The definitions in the first embodiment are the same, and their measurement methods are also the same. In this embodiment, from the viewpoint of more effectively exerting the above-mentioned effects of the liquid film cracking agent, the above-mentioned "interfacial tension to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m" is preferably 17 mN/m or less, more preferably It is 13 mN/m or less, more preferably 10 mN/m or less, still more preferably 9 mN/m or less, particularly preferably 1 mN/m or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited as in the first embodiment, but from the viewpoint of not being dissolved in the liquid film (liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m), it is actually greater than 0 mN/m. In addition, with regard to the "spreading coefficient for a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m", from the viewpoint of more effectively exerting the above-mentioned effects of the liquid film cracking agent, it is preferably 9 mN/m or more, and more preferably 10 mN/m or more, more preferably 15 mN/m or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of formula (1), the surface tension of the liquid forming the liquid film becomes the upper limit, and it is actually 50 mN/m or less. In addition, the more preferable ranges of the surface tension and water solubility of the liquid film cracking agent are the same as in the first embodiment. The nonwoven fabric containing the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment and the nonwoven fabric containing the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment preferably further contain a phosphate type anionic surfactant. As a result, the hydrophilicity of the fiber surface is improved, and the wettability is improved, whereby the contact area between the liquid film and the liquid film cracking agent becomes larger; and, because blood or urine has a living body-derived interface active substance with a phosphate group Therefore, by using a surfactant with a phosphate group in combination, the compatibility of the active agent and the affinity with the phospholipids contained in blood or urine is also good, so the liquid film cracking agent becomes easy to move to the liquid film. And further promote the cracking of the liquid film. The content ratio of liquid film cracking agent and phosphate ester type anionic surfactant is preferably 1:1-19:1 in terms of mass ratio (liquid film cracking agent: phosphate ester type anionic surfactant), more preferably 2: 1-15:1, more preferably 3:1-10:1. In particular, the above-mentioned content ratio is preferably 5:1-19:1 by mass ratio, more preferably 8:1-16:1, and still more preferably 11:1-13:1. As a phosphate type anionic surfactant, it can be used without particular limitation. For example, as a specific example, alkyl ether phosphate, dialkyl phosphate, alkyl phosphate, etc. are mentioned. Among them, the alkyl phosphate is preferred from the viewpoint of improving the affinity with the liquid film and at the same time imparting the function of processability to the non-woven fabric. As the alkyl ether phosphate, various ones can be used without particular limitation. Examples include: polyoxyalkylene stearyl ether phosphate, polyoxyalkylene myristyl ether phosphate, polyoxyalkylene lauryl ether phosphate, polyoxyalkylene palmityl ether phosphate, etc. Those with saturated carbon chains; or those with unsaturated carbon chains, such as polyoxyalkylene oleyl ether phosphate, polyoxyalkylene glycol ether phosphate, and the like, and those with branched carbon chains. More preferably, it is a fully neutralized or partially neutralized salt of a mono- or dipolyoxyalkylene alkyl ether phosphate with a carbon chain of 16-18. In addition, examples of the polyoxyethylene group include polyoxyethylene group, polyoxypropylene group, polyoxybutylene group, and those obtained by copolymerizing constituent monomers such as these. In addition, examples of salts of alkyl ether phosphates include alkali metals such as sodium and potassium, ammonia, various amines, and the like. Alkyl ether phosphoric acid ester can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types. Specific examples of alkyl phosphates include: stearyl phosphate, myristyl phosphate, lauryl phosphate, palmitate phosphate, and other saturated carbon chains; or oleyl phosphate, palmitate phosphate, etc. Saturated carbon chains and other carbon chains have branches. More preferably, it is a fully neutralized or partially neutralized salt of monoalkyl phosphate or dialkyl phosphate with a carbon chain of 16-18. In addition, examples of the salt of alkyl phosphate include alkali metals such as sodium and potassium, ammonia, various amines, and the like. Alkyl phosphate can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Next, specific examples of the liquid film cracking agent in the first embodiment and the second embodiment will be described. Because they are within the above-mentioned specific numerical range, they will not dissolve in water or have the property of being insoluble in water, thereby exerting the effect of the above-mentioned liquid film cracking. In contrast, the surfactants used as fiber treatment agents are basically water-soluble ones that are practically dissolved in water and are not the liquid film cracking agent of the present invention. As the liquid film cracking agent in the first embodiment and the second embodiment, a compound having a mass average molecular weight of 500 or more is preferable. The mass average molecular weight will have a greater impact on the viscosity of the liquid film cracking agent. The liquid film cracking agent maintains a high viscosity, so the liquid is not easy to flow down when passing through the fibers, so that the continuity of the liquid film cracking effect in the non-woven fabric can be maintained. From the viewpoint of setting the viscosity to sufficiently sustain the cracking effect of the liquid film, the mass average molecular weight of the liquid film cracking agent is more preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 1,500 or more, and particularly preferably 2,000 or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of maintaining the viscosity of the liquid film cracking agent from the fiber with the liquid film cracking agent to the liquid film, that is, the diffusibility, it is preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 20,000 or less, and more Preferably, it is 10,000 or less. The measurement of this mass average molecular weight is measured using gel permeation chromatography (GPC) "CCPD" (trade name, manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.). The measurement conditions are as follows. In addition, the calculation of the converted molecular weight was performed with polystyrene. Separation column: GMHHR-H＋GMHHR-H (cation) Eluent: L Farmin DM20/CHCl 3 Solvent flow rate: 1.0 ml/min Separation column temperature: 40℃ Also, as the liquid membrane cracking agent in the first embodiment, it is more It is preferably a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following structures X, XY, and YXY as described below. Structure X represents >C(A)-(C represents a carbon atom. In addition, <,> and-represent bonding bonds. The same applies below), -C(A) 2 -, -C(A)(B)-, ＞C(A)-C(R 1 )＜,＞C(R 1 )-, -C(R 1 )(R 2 )-, -C(R 1 ) 2 -, ＞C＜ and -Si(R 1) 2 O -, - Si (R 1) (R 2) O- in any repetition of a basic structure, or a combination of silicon oxide formed by two or more alkyl chains of the structure, the chain or mixtures thereof. It has a hydrogen atom at the end of structure X, or is selected from -C(A) 3 , -C(A) 2 B, -C(A)(B) 2 , -C(A) 2 -C(R 1 ) 3 , -C(R 1 ) 2 A, -C(R 1 ) 3 , and -OSi(R 1 ) 3 , -OSi(R 1 ) 2 (R 2 ), -Si(R 1 ) 3 , -Si( At least one group in the group consisting of R 1 ) 2 (R 2 ). The above-mentioned R 1 or R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably with a carbon number of 1 to 20. For example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group is preferable), and an alkoxy group (preferably with a carbon number of 1 ～20. For example, methoxy and ethoxy are preferred), aryl (preferably carbon number 6-20. For example, phenyl is preferred), halogen atom (for example, fluorine atom is preferred), etc. . A and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom, such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an amino group, an amide group, an imino group, and a phenol group. When there are a plurality of R 1 , R 2 , A, and B in the structure X, they may be the same or different from each other. In addition, the bond between the connected C (carbon atom) or Si is usually a single bond, but may also include a double bond or a triple bond, and the bond between C or Si may also include an ether group (-O-), an amide group (-CONR a -: R a based hydrogen atom or a monovalent group), an ester group (-COO-), carbonyl (-CO-), a carbonate group (-OCOO-) and the like linking group. The number of bonds between one C and Si and another C or Si is 1 to 4, so there can also be long-chain polysiloxane chains (siloxane chains) or mixed chain branches, or have radial structures situation. Y represents a hydrophilic group containing an atom selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom. For example, a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an amino group, an amide group, an imino group, a phenol group, a polyoxyalkylene group (the carbon number of the oxyalkylene group is preferably 1 to 4. For example, a polyoxyethylene group is preferable). (POE) group, polyoxypropylene (POP) group), sulfonic acid group, sulfuric acid group, phosphoric acid group, sulfobetaine group, carbonyl betaine base, phosphinobetaine base (their betaine base refers to each Betaine compound is a betaine residue obtained by removing one hydrogen atom), a hydrophilic group such as a quaternary ammonium group alone or a hydrophilic group including a combination thereof. In addition to these, the groups and functional groups listed in M 1 below can also be cited. Furthermore, when Y is plural, they may be the same or different. In the structures XY and YXY, Y is the base bonded to X or the end of X. In the case where Y is bonded to the terminal group of X, the terminal group of X is bonded to Y by removing the same number of hydrogen atoms as the number of bonding with Y, for example. In this structure, the hydrophilic groups Y, A, and B are selected from the specifically described groups to satisfy the above-mentioned spreading coefficient, water solubility, and interfacial tension. This shows the target liquid film cracking effect. The above-mentioned liquid film cracking agent is preferably a compound whose structure X is a siloxane structure. Furthermore, the liquid film cracking agent is preferably a compound containing a siloxane chain formed by arbitrarily combining the structures represented by the following formulas (1) to (11), which are specific examples of the above-mentioned structures X, XY, and YXY. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the cracking effect of the liquid film, it is preferable that the compound has a mass average molecular weight in the above-mentioned range. [化1] In the formulas (1) to (11), M 1 , L 1 , R 21 , and R 22 represent the following monovalent or polyvalent (divalent or higher than divalent) groups. R 23 and R 24 represent the following monovalent or polyvalent (divalent or more than divalent) group or single bond. M 1 represents a group having polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene, polyoxyethylene, or a combination of polyoxyethylene groups; or erythritol group, xylitol group, Hydrophilic groups with multiple hydroxyl groups such as sorbitol, glycerol, or glycol groups (hydrophilic groups formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the above compounds with multiple hydroxyl groups such as erythritol), hydroxyl, carboxylic acid Group, mercapto group, alkoxy group (preferably carbon number 1-20; for example, methoxy group is preferable), amino group, amide group, imino group, phenol group, sulfonic acid group, quaternary ammonium group, sulfonic acid group Betaine base, hydroxysultaine base, phosphinobetaine base, imidazolium betaine base, carbonyl betaine base, epoxy group, methanol base, (meth)acrylic group, or a combination thereof的functional group. Furthermore, when M 1 is a multivalent group, M 1 represents a group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from each of the above-mentioned groups or functional groups. L 1 represents ether group, amine group (the amine group that can be used as L 1 is represented by >NR C (R C represents hydrogen atom or monovalent group)), bond of amide group, ester group, carbonyl group, carbonate group Foundation. R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 each independently represent an alkyl group (preferably carbon number 1-20; for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl , Hexyl, heptyl, 2-ethylhexyl, nonyl, decyl), alkoxy (preferably carbon number 1-20; for example, preferably methoxy, ethoxy), aryl (preferably It has 6 to 20 carbon atoms; for example, a phenyl group is preferable), a fluoroalkyl group, or an aralkyl group, or a hydrocarbon group formed by combining them, or a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom is preferable). In addition, when R 22 and R 23 are polyvalent groups, it means a polyvalent hydrocarbon group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms or fluorine atoms from the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group. In addition, when R 22 or R 23 is bonded to M 1 , the groups that can be used as R 22 or R 23 include the above-mentioned groups, the above-mentioned hydrocarbon groups, or halogen atoms, as well as the imines that can be used as R 32 base. Regarding the liquid film cracking agent, among them, the following compound is preferred, the compound having a structure represented by any one of formulas (1), (2), (5) and (10) as X, and having its equation The structure represented by any one of the above formulas other than that is used as the end of X, or includes the end of X and the group of Y. More preferably, the compound contains a group having X or a terminal containing X and Y from among the above formulas (2), (4), (5), (6), (8) and (9) Any one of the structures represented by at least one siloxane chain. As a specific example of the above compound, an organically modified polysiloxane (polysiloxane) which is a polysiloxane-based surfactant can be cited. For example, as an organic modified polysiloxane modified with a reactive organic group, examples include: amine group modifier, epoxy modifier, carboxyl group modifier, glycol modifier, methanol modifier, ( Meth) acrylic modifier, mercapto modifier, phenol modifier. In addition, as organic modified polysiloxanes modified with non-reactive organic groups, there can be listed: polyether modified (including polyoxyalkylene modified), methyl styrene modified, long Chain alkyl modifier, higher fatty acid ester modifier, higher alkoxy modifier, higher fatty acid modifier, fluorine modifier, etc. Depending on the type of organic modification, for example, by appropriately changing the molecular weight of the polysiloxane chain, the modification rate, and the number of moles of addition of the modified group, the spread coefficient that exerts the above-mentioned liquid film cracking effect can be obtained. . Here, the "long chain" refers to those having 12 or more carbon atoms, preferably 12-20. In addition, the term "high-grade" refers to those having 6 or more carbon atoms, preferably 6-20. Among them, polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxane or epoxy-modified polysiloxane, methanol-modified polysiloxane, glycol-modified polysiloxane, etc., as the liquid film cracking agent for modified polysiloxane, are preferably The modified polysiloxane having a structure having at least one oxygen atom in the modifying group is particularly preferably a polyoxyalkylene modified polysiloxane. The polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxane has a polysiloxane chain, so it is difficult to penetrate into the inside of the fiber and is likely to remain on the surface. In addition, the addition of a hydrophilic polyoxyalkylene chain increases the affinity with water and has a low interfacial tension. Therefore, it is easy to move on the surface of the above-mentioned liquid film, which is preferable. Therefore, it is easy to move on the surface of the above-mentioned liquid film, which is preferable. In addition, even if hot melt processing such as embossing is performed, the polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxane is likely to remain on the surface of the fiber in this part, and the cracking effect of the liquid film is not easily reduced. Especially in the embossed part where the liquid is easy to accumulate, the cracking effect of the liquid film will be fully expressed, so it is better. Examples of the polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxane include those represented by the following formulas [I] to [IV]. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the cracking effect of the liquid film, it is preferable that the polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxane has a mass average molecular weight in the above-mentioned range. [化2]
式中，R31表示烷基(較佳為碳數1~20；例如較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基)。R32表示單鍵或伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~20；例如較佳為亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基)，較佳為表示上述伸烷基。複數個R31、複數個R32各自相互可相同亦可不同。M11表示具有聚氧伸烷基之基，較佳為聚氧伸烷基。作為上述之聚氧伸烷基，可列舉：聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基、或將其等構成單體共聚合而成者等。m、n分別獨立為1以上之整數。再者，其等重複單元之符號係於各式(I)~(IV)中分別決定者，未必表示相同整數，亦可不同。
In the formula, R 31 represents an alkyl group (preferably carbon number 1-20; for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, 2-ethyl Hexyl, nonyl, decyl). R 32 represents a single bond or an alkylene group (preferably with a carbon number of 1 to 20; for example, methylene, ethylene, propylene, and butylene are preferable), and preferably represents the above-mentioned alkylene. The plurality of R 31 and the plurality of R 32 may be the same or different from each other. M 11 represents a group having a polyoxyalkylene group, preferably a polyoxyalkylene group. Examples of the above-mentioned polyoxyalkylene group include polyoxyethylene group, polyoxypropylene group, polyoxybutylene group, and those obtained by copolymerizing constituent monomers such as these. m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Furthermore, the symbols of the repeating units are determined separately in each of formulas (I) to (IV), and may not necessarily represent the same integer, but may be different.
又，聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧亦可具有聚氧伸乙基改性基及聚氧伸丙基改性基中之任一者或兩者。又，為了不溶於水且具有較低之界面張力，較理想為於聚矽氧鏈之烷基R31
具有甲基。作為具有該改性基、聚矽氧鏈者，並無特別限制，例如存在日本專利特開2002-161474之段落[0006]及[0012]所記載者。更具體而言，可列舉：聚氧伸乙基(POE)聚氧伸丙基(POP)改性聚矽氧、或聚氧伸乙基(POE)改性聚矽氧、聚氧伸丙基(POP)改性聚矽氧等。作為POE改性聚矽氧，可列舉：加成有3莫耳之POE之POE(3)改性二甲基聚矽氧等。作為POP改性聚矽氧，可列舉：加成有10莫耳、12莫耳、或24莫耳之POP之POP(10)改性二甲基聚矽氧、POP(12)改性二甲基聚矽氧、POP(24)改性二甲基聚矽氧等。 關於上述之第1實施形態之展佈係數與水溶解度，於聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧之情況下例如可根據聚氧伸烷基之加成莫耳數(對聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧1莫耳之形成聚氧伸烷基之氧伸烷基之鍵結數)、下述改性率等而設為特定之範圍。於該液膜開裂劑中，亦可與表面張力及界面張力同樣地分別設為特定之範圍。 就上述觀點而言，較佳為該聚氧伸烷基之加成莫耳數為1以上者。若未達1，則對於上述之液膜開裂作用而言，由於界面張力變高而展佈係數變小，因此液膜開裂效果變弱。就該觀點而言，加成莫耳數更佳為3以上，進而較佳為5以上。另一方面，若加成莫耳數過多，則變得親水而水溶解度變高。就該觀點而言，加成莫耳數較佳為30以下，更佳為20以下，進而較佳為10以下。 關於改性聚矽氧之改性率，若過低，則有損親水性，因此較佳為5%以上，更佳為10%以上，進而較佳為20%以上。又，若過高，則會溶解於水中，因此較佳為95%以下，更佳為70%以下，進而較佳為40%以下。再者，所謂上述改性聚矽氧之改性率，係改性聚矽氧1分子中之經改性之矽氧烷鍵結部之重複單元之個數相對於矽氧烷鍵結部之重複單元之總個數的比率。例如於上述式[I]及[IV]中為(n/m＋n)×100%，於式[II]中為(2/m)×100%，於式[III]中為(1/m)×100%。 又，關於上述之展佈係數及水溶解度，於聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧之情況下除上述者以外，亦可分別藉由如下方式等而設定為特定之範圍：併用水可溶性之聚氧伸乙基與水不溶性之聚氧伸丙基及聚氧伸丁基作為改性基；使水不溶性之聚矽氧鏈之分子量變化；及除聚氧伸烷基改性基外，亦導入胺基、環氧基、羧基、羥基、甲醇基等作為改性基等。 該可用作液膜開裂劑之聚伸烷基改性聚矽氧以相對於纖維質量之含有比率(Oil Per Unit)計較佳為含有0.02質量%以上且5質量%以下。該聚伸烷基改性聚矽氧之含有比率(OPU)更佳為1質量%以下，進而較佳為0.4質量%以下。藉此，不織布成為觸感較佳者。又，就充分地發揮利用該聚伸烷基改性聚矽氧之液膜開裂效果之觀點而言，上述含有比率(OPU)更佳為0.04質量%以上，進而較佳為0.1質量%以上。 再者，此處所謂纖維質量，意指包含含有部6及非含有部7之不織布整體之纖維質量(以下所說明之含有比率(OPU)亦相同)。 作為第2實施形態中之液膜開裂劑，較佳為如下述般具有選自由下述之結構Z、Z-Y、及Y-Z-Y所組成之群中之至少1種結構之化合物。 結構Z表示將＞C(A)-(C：碳原子)、-C(A)2
-、-C(A)(B)-、＞C(A)-C(R3
)＜、＞C(R3
)-、-C(R3
)(R4
)-、-C(R3
)2
-、＞C＜中之任一種基本結構重複、或者組合2種以上而成之結構之烴鏈。於結構Z之末端具有氫原子、或選自由-C(A)3
、-C(A)2
B、-C(A)(B)2
、-C(A)2
-C(R3
)3
、-C(R3
)2
A、-C(R3
)3
所組成之群中之至少1種基。 上述之R3
或R4
分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲氧基、乙氧基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6～20。例如較佳為苯基)、氟烷基、芳烷基、或將其等組合而成之烴基、或者氟原子等各種取代基。A、B分別獨立地表示羥基或羧酸基、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基等包含氧原子或氮原子之取代基。於結構Z內R3
、R4
、A、B各自存在複數個之情形時其等相互可相同亦可不同。又，所連接之C(碳原子)間之鍵通常為單鍵，但亦可包含雙鍵或三鍵，C間之鍵亦可包含醚基、醯胺基、酯基、羰基、碳酸酯基等連結基。一個C與另一個C鍵結之數為1個～4個，因此亦可存在長鏈之烴鏈分支，或者具有放射狀之結構之情形。 Y表示包含選自氫原子、碳原子、氧原子、氮原子、磷原子、硫原子中之原子的具有親水性之親水基。例如為包含羥基、羧酸基、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基；或者聚氧伸烷基(氧伸烷基之碳數較佳為1～4。例如較佳為聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基、或將其等組合而成之聚氧伸烷基)；或者赤藻糖醇基、木糖醇基、山梨糖醇基、甘油基、乙二醇基等具有複數個羥基之親水基；或者磺酸基、硫酸基、磷酸基、磺基甜菜鹼基、羰基甜菜鹼基、膦基甜菜鹼基、四級銨基、咪唑鎓甜菜鹼基、環氧基、甲醇基、甲基丙烯酸基等親水基單獨；或者其等之組合之親水基等。再者，於Y為複數個之情形時，相互可相同亦可不同。 結構Z-Y及Y-Z-Y中，Y係鍵結於Z、或Z之末端之基。於Y鍵結於Z之末端之基之情形時，Z之末端之基例如將同與Y之鍵結數相同數量之氫原子等去除而與Y鍵結。 於該結構中，自具體說明過之基中選擇親水基Y、A、B而可滿足上述之展佈係數、水溶解度、界面張力。如此表現出目標之液膜開裂效果。 上述之液膜開裂劑較佳為將作為上述之結構Z、Z-Y、Y-Z-Y之具體例之下述(12)～(25)式所表示的結構任意地組合而成之化合物。進而，就液膜開裂作用之觀點而言，較佳為該化合物具有上述範圍之質量平均分子量。 [化6]式(12)～(25)中，M2
、L2
、R41
、R42
、及R43
表示以下之1價或多價基(2價或2價以上)。 M2
表示具有聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基、或將其等組合而成之聚氧伸烷基的基；或赤藻糖醇基、木糖醇基、山梨糖醇基、甘油基或乙二醇基等具有複數個羥基之親水基、羥基、羧酸基、巰基、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲氧基)、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基、磺酸基、四級銨基、磺基甜菜鹼基、羥基磺基甜菜鹼基、膦基甜菜鹼基、咪唑鎓甜菜鹼基、羰基甜菜鹼基、環氧基、甲醇基、(甲基)丙烯酸基、或將其等組合而成之官能基。 L2
表示醚基、胺基、醯胺基、酯基、羰基、碳酸酯基、或者聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基、或將其等組合而成之聚氧伸烷基等鍵結基。 R41
、R42
、及R43
分別獨立地表示包含氫原子、烷基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲氧基、乙氧基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6～20。例如較佳為苯基)、氟烷基、芳烷基、或將其等組合而成之烴基、或者鹵素原子(例如較佳為氟原子)之各種取代基。 於R42
為多價基之情形時，R42
表示自上述各取代基進而去除1個以上之氫原子而成之基。 再者，於各結構所記載之鍵結鍵之前可任意地連接其他結構，亦可導入氫原子。 進而作為上述化合物之具體例，可列舉如下之化合物，但並不限定於此。 第1，可列舉聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑。具體而言，可列舉：式(V)之任一者所表示之聚氧伸烷基(POA)烷基醚、或式(VI)所表示之質量平均分子量1000以上之聚氧伸烷基二醇、硬脂醇聚醚、山崳醇聚醚、PPG肉豆蔻基醚、PPG硬脂基醚、PPG山崳基醚等。作為聚氧伸烷基烷基醚，較佳為加成有3莫耳以上且24莫耳以下、較佳為5莫耳之POP之月桂醚等。作為聚醚化合物，較佳為加成有17莫耳以上且180莫耳以下、較佳為約50莫耳之聚丙二醇(PPG)之質量平均分子量為1000～10000、較佳為3000之聚丙二醇等。再者，上述質量平均分子量之測定可利用上述之測定方法進行。 該聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑以相對於纖維質量之含有比率(Oil Per Unit)計較佳為含有0.10質量%以上且5.0質量%以下。該聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑之含有比率(OPU)更佳為1質量%以下，進而較佳為0.4質量%以下。藉此，不織布成為觸感較佳者。又，就充分地發揮利用該聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑之液膜開裂效果之觀點而言，上述含有比率(OPU)更佳為0.15質量%以上，進而較佳為0.2質量%以上。 [化7][化8]式中，L21
表示醚基、胺基、醯胺基、酯基、羰基、碳酸酯基、聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基、或將其等組合而成之聚氧伸烷基等鍵結基。R51
表示包含氫原子、甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基、甲氧基、乙氧基、苯基、氟烷基、芳烷基、或將其等組合而成之烴基、或者氟原子之各種取代基。又，a、b、m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。此處，Cm
Hn
表示烷基(n＝2m＋1)，Ca
Hb
表示伸烷基(a＝2b)。再者，其等碳原子數及氫原子數係於各式(V)及(VI)中各自獨立地決定者，未必表示相同之整數，亦可不同。以下，式(VII)～(XV)之m、m'、m''、n、n'及n''亦相同。再者，-(Ca
Hb
O)m
-之「m」係1以上之整數。該重複單元之值係於各式(V)及(VI)中各自獨立地決定者，未必表示相同之整數，亦可不同。 關於上述之第2實施形態之展佈係數、表面張力及水溶解度，於聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑之情況下例如可根據聚氧伸烷基之莫耳數等而分別設定為特定範圍。就該觀點而言，較佳為聚氧伸烷基之莫耳數為1以上且70以下者。藉由設為1以上，而充分地發揮上述之液膜開裂作用。就該觀點而言，莫耳數更佳為5以上，進而較佳為7以上。另一方面，加成莫耳數較佳為70以下，更佳為60以下，進而較佳為50以下。藉此，分子鏈之連結適度地變弱，而於液膜內之擴散性優異，故而較佳。 又，關於上述之展佈係數、表面張力、界面張力及水溶解度，於聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑之情況下分別可藉由如下方式而設定為特定之範圍：併用水溶性之聚氧伸乙基與水不溶性之聚氧伸丙基及聚氧伸丁基；使烴鏈之鏈長變化；使用烴鏈具有支鏈者；使用烴鏈具有雙鍵者；使用烴鏈具有苯環或萘環者；或者將上述適當組合等。 第2，可列舉碳原子數5以上之烴化合物。就液體更容易於液膜表面擴張之觀點而言，碳原子數較佳為100以下，更佳為50以下。該烴化合物係將聚有機矽氧烷除外者，且並不限定於直鏈，亦可為支鏈，該鏈並不特別限定於飽和鏈、不飽和鏈。又，於其中間及末端亦可具有酯或醚等取代基。其中，可較佳地單獨使用常溫下為液體者。該烴化合物以相對於纖維質量之含有比率(Oil Per Unit)計較佳為含有0.1質量%以上且5質量%以下。該烴化合物之含有比率(OPU)較佳為1質量%以下，更佳為0.99質量%以下，進而較佳為0.4質量%以下。藉此，不織布成為觸感較佳者。又，就充分地發揮基於該烴化合物之含有比率之液膜開裂效果之觀點而言，上述含有比率(OPU)更佳為0.15質量%以上，進而較佳為0.2質量%以上。 作為烴化合物，可列舉：油或脂肪、例如天然油或天然脂肪。作為具體例，可列舉：椰子油、山茶油、蓖麻油、可可椰子油、玉米油、橄欖油、葵花籽油、妥爾油、及其等之混合物等。 又，可列舉：辛酸、癸酸、油酸、月桂酸、棕櫚酸、硬脂酸、肉豆蔻酸、山萮酸、及其等之混合物等如式(VII)所表示之脂肪酸。 [化9]式中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。此處，Cm
Hn
表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 作為直鏈或支鏈、飽和或不飽和、經取代或未經取代之多元醇脂肪酸酯或者多元醇脂肪酸酯之混合物之例，可列舉：如式(VIII-I)或(VIII-II)所表示之甘油脂肪酸酯或季戊四醇脂肪酸酯，具體而言，可列舉：甘油三辛酸酯、甘油三棕櫚酸酯及其等之混合物等。再者，關於甘油脂肪酸酯、或季戊四醇脂肪酸酯之混合物，典型而言，包含若干之單酯、二酯、及三酯。作為甘油脂肪酸酯之較佳例，可列舉：甘油三辛酸酯、甘油三辛酸酯之混合物等。又，就使界面張力降低而獲得更高之展佈係數之觀點而言，亦可使用導入聚氧伸烷基至可維持水不溶性之程度之多元醇脂肪酸酯。 [化10][化11]式中，m、m'、m''、n、n'及n''分別獨立為1以上之整數。複數個m、複數個n各自相互可相同亦可不同。此處，Cm
Hn
、Cm
'Hn
'及Cm
''Hn
''分別表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 作為直鏈或支鏈、飽和或不飽和之脂肪酸與具有多個羥基之多元醇形成酯，且一部分羥基未被酯化而殘存之脂肪酸或脂肪酸混合物之例，可列舉：如式(IX)之任一者、式(X)之任一者、或式(XI)之任一者所表示之甘油脂肪酸酯、或山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯、季戊四醇脂肪酸酯之部分酯化物。具體而言，可列舉：乙二醇單肉豆蔻酸酯、乙二醇二肉豆蔻酸酯、乙二醇棕櫚酸酯、乙二醇二棕櫚酸酯、甘油二肉豆蔻酸酯、甘油二棕櫚酸酯、甘油單油酸酯、山梨醇酐單油酸酯、山梨醇酐單硬脂酸酯、山梨醇酐二油酸酯、山梨醇酐三硬脂酯、季戊四醇單硬脂酸酯、季戊四醇二月桂酸酯、季戊四醇三硬脂酸酯、及其等之混合物等。再者，關於包含甘油脂肪酸酯、或山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯、季戊四醇脂肪酸酯等之部分酯化物之混合物，典型而言，包含若干經完全酯化之化合物。 [化12]式中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。複數個m、複數個n各自相互可相同亦可不同。此處，Cm
Hn
表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 [化13]式中，R52
表示碳原子數2以上且22以下之直鏈或支鏈、飽和或不飽和之烴基(烷基、烯基、炔基等)。具體而言，可列舉：2-乙基己基、月桂基、肉豆蔻基、棕櫚基、硬脂基、山崳基、油醯基、亞麻油基等。 [化14]式中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。複數個m、複數個n各自相互可相同亦可不同。此處，Cm
Hn
表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 又，可列舉：固醇、植固醇及固醇衍生物。作為具體例，可列舉：具有式(XII)之固醇結構之膽固醇、穀固醇、豆固醇、麥角固醇、及其等之混合物等。 [化15]作為醇之具體例，可列舉：如式(XIII)所表示之月桂醇、肉豆蔻醇、鯨蠟醇、硬脂醇、鯨蠟硬脂醇、山萮醇、及其等之混合物等。 [化16]式中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。此處，Cm
Hn
表示上述各醇之烴基。 作為脂肪酸酯之具體例，可列舉：如式(XIV)所表示之肉豆蔻酸異丙酯、棕櫚酸異丙酯、乙基己酸鯨蠟酯、三異辛酸甘油酯、肉豆蔻酸辛基十二烷基酯、棕櫚酸乙基己酯、硬脂酸乙基己酯、硬脂酸丁酯、肉豆蔻酸肉豆蔻酯、硬脂酸硬脂酯、異硬脂酸膽固醇基酯及其等之混合物等。 [化17]式中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。此處，兩個Cm
Hn
可相同亦可不同。Cm
Hn
-COO-之Cm
Hn
表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。-COOCm
Hn
之Cm
Hn
表示源自形成酯之醇之烴基。 又，作為蠟之具體例，可列舉：如式(XV)所表示之地蠟、石蠟、凡士林、礦物油、流動異構石蠟等。 [化18]式中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。 關於上述之第2實施形態之展佈係數、表面張力、水溶解度及界面張力，於上述之碳原子數5以上之烴化合物之情況下分別可藉由如下方式而設定為特定之範圍：例如少量導入親水性之聚氧伸乙基至可維持水不溶性之程度；導入雖為疏水性，但可使界面張力降低之聚氧伸丙基或聚氧伸丁基；使烴鏈之鏈長變化；使用烴鏈具有支鏈者；使用烴鏈具有雙鍵者；使用烴鏈具有苯環或萘環者等。 於本發明之不織布中，除上述之液膜開裂劑外，亦可視需要而含有其他成分。又，第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑、第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑除各自所使用之形態以外，亦可組合兩者之劑而使用。該方面對於第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑中之第1化合物與第2化合物而言亦相同。 再者，於對本發明之不織布中所含有之液膜開裂劑或磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑進行鑑定之情形時，可使用上述之液膜(表面張力為50 mN/m之液體)之表面張力(γw)等之測定方法中所述的鑑定方法。 又，於液膜開裂劑之成分為主鏈具有矽氧烷鏈之化合物或碳原子數1以上且20以下之烴化合物的情形時，液膜開裂劑相對於纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)可藉由如下方式求出：基於藉由上述之分析方法而獲得之物質之質量，用該液膜開裂劑之含量除以纖維之質量。 本發明之不織布係不管纖維之粗細或纖維間距離如何，均液體透過性較高者。然而，本發明之不織布尤其於使用較細之纖維之情形具有效果。若為了製成肌膚觸感較通常柔軟之不織布而使用較細之纖維，則纖維間距離變小，而纖維間之狹窄區域變多。例如於通常所使用之不織布(纖度為2.4 dtex)之情形時，纖維間距離為120 μm，且所形成之液膜面積率成為約2.6%左右。然而，若將纖度降低至1.2 dtex，則纖維間距離為85 μm，且液膜面積率成為通常之不織布之3倍左右為止，即約7.8%。相對於此，本發明之液膜開裂劑會確實地使多發之液膜開裂而減少液體殘留。如下所述，液膜面積率係藉由源自不織布表面之圖像解析而算出之液膜面積率，且與表面材之最表面之液體殘留狀態密切相關。因此，若液膜面積率減少，則處於肌膚附近之液體被去除，而排泄後之舒適性提高，從而成為排泄後亦穿戴感良好之吸收性物品。另一方面，下述之液體殘留量意指不織布整體所保持之液量。若液膜面積率較小，則雖然還達不到一概成比例，但液體殘留減少。又，表面之白色度係以下述之L值表示。L值存在因表面之液膜破裂而液體殘留量降低從而數值提高之傾向，從而於視覺上發白變得容易顯眼。本發明之包含液膜開裂劑之不織布即便使纖維變細，亦可使液膜面積率及液體殘留量降低，而提高L值，因此可以高水準兼顧乾爽感與藉由使纖維變細而賦予之柔軟之肌膚觸感。又，藉由使用本發明之不織布作為吸收性物品之表面材等構成構件，可提供如下吸收性物品，該吸收性物品係與肌膚接觸之部分之乾爽感較高，且由於視覺上發白而由體液導致之污染不易顯眼，因此實現亦抑制漏出之顧慮之穿戴感良好之舒適性。 關於此種包含液膜開裂劑之不織布，就提高肌膚觸感之柔軟性之觀點而言，不織布之纖維間距離較佳為150 μm以下，更佳為90 μm以下。又，關於其下限，就抑制由於纖維間變得過於狹窄而有損通液性之觀點而言，較佳為50 μm以上，更佳為70 μm以上。具體而言，較佳為50 μm以上且150 μm以下，更佳為70 μm以上且90 μm以下。 該情形時之上述纖維之纖度較佳為3.3 dtex以下，更佳為2.4 dtex以下。又，關於其下限，較佳為0.5 dtex以上，更佳為1 dtex以上。具體而言，較佳為0.5 dtex以上且3.3 dtex以下，更佳為1 dtex以上且2.4 dtex以下。 (纖維間距離之測定方法) 纖維間距離以下述方式對測定對象之不織布之厚度進行測定，並套入下述數式(2)而求出。 首先，將測定對象之不織布切割成長度方向50 mm×寬度方向50 mm而製作該不織布之切割片。於在將測定對象之不織布組入至生理用品或拋棄式尿布等吸收性物品中之情形時等未獲得該尺寸之切割片之情形時，切割成所獲得之最大限度之尺寸而製作切割片。 於49 Pa加壓下對該切割片之厚度進行測定。測定環境係溫度20±2℃、相對濕度65±5%，測定機器係使用顯微鏡(KEYENCE股份有限公司製造，VHX-1000)。首先，獲得上述不織布剖面之放大照片。於放大照片中同時顯示出已知尺寸者。將上述不織布剖面之放大照片對照比例尺而測定不織布之厚度。進行以上之操作3次，將3次之平均值設為乾燥狀態之不織布之厚度[mm]。再者，於積層品之情形時，根據纖維徑辨別其交界而算出厚度。 繼而，構成測定對象之不織布之纖維之纖維間距離係藉由以下所示之基於Wrotnowski之假定的式而求出。基於Wrotnowski之假定之式係通常於求出構成不織布之纖維之纖維間距離時使用。根據基於Wrotnowski之假定之式，纖維間距離A(μm)係根據不織布之厚度h(mm)、基重e(g/m2
)、構成不織布之纖維之纖維徑d(μm)、纖維密度ρ(g/cm3
)，利用以下之數式(2)求出。再者，於具有凹凸之情形時，使用凸部之不織布厚度h(mm)作為代表值而算出。 纖維徑d(μm)係使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(Seiko Instruments股份有限公司製造之DSC6200)，對10根切取之纖維之纖維剖面進行測定，將其平均值設為纖維徑。 纖維密度ρ(g/cm3
)係使用密度梯度管，依據JIS L1015化學纖維短纖維試驗方法所記載之密度梯度管法之測定方法進行測定。 基重e(g/m2
)係將測定對象之不織布切割成特定(0.12 m×0.06 m等)之尺寸，於質量測定後，利用「質量÷自特定之尺寸求出之面積＝基重(g/m2
)」之式進行計算而求出基重。 [數1](構成纖維之纖度之測定方法) 一面藉由電子顯微鏡等測量纖維之剖面形狀而測量纖維之剖面積(若為由複數種樹脂形成之纖維，則為各樹脂成分之剖面積)，一面藉由DSC(differential scanning calorimetry，示差熱分析裝置)特定樹脂之種類(於複數種樹脂之情形時，亦特定大致之成分比)，算出比重從而算出纖度。例如，若為僅由PET(polyethylene terephthalate，聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯)構成之短纖維，則首先觀察剖面，算出其剖面積。其後，藉由利用DSC進行測定，而根據熔點或峰形狀鑑定為由單成分之樹脂構成，且其為PET芯。其後，使用PET樹脂之密度與剖面積，算出纖維之質量，藉此算出纖度。 作為構成本發明之不織布之纖維，可無特別限制地採用此種物品通常所使用者。例如可列舉：熱熔合性芯鞘型複合纖維、熱伸長性纖維、非熱伸長性纖維、熱收縮性纖維、非熱收縮性纖維、立體捲縮纖維、潛在捲縮性纖維、中空纖維等各種纖維。尤其是較佳為具有熱塑性樹脂。又，非熱伸長性纖維及非熱收縮性纖維較佳為熱熔合性。芯鞘型之複合纖維可為同心之芯鞘型，亦可為偏心之芯鞘型，亦可為並排(side by side)型，亦可為異型形，較佳為同心之芯鞘型。於該纖維及不織布之製造中，液膜開裂劑、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑向纖維之含有可於任一步驟中進行。例如，可於纖維之紡絲時通常所使用之纖維用紡絲油劑中調配液膜開裂劑、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸型陰離子界面活性劑之混合物而進行塗佈；亦可於纖維之延伸前後之纖維用潤飾油劑中調配液膜開裂劑、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸型陰離子界面活性劑之混合物而進行塗佈。又，可於不織布之製造通常所使用之纖維處理劑中調配液膜開裂劑或磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑而塗佈於纖維，亦可於不織布化後進行塗佈。 本發明之不織布由於包含液膜開裂劑、或於其中進而包含磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑，故而應對各種纖維構造，液體殘留抑制優異。因此，即便不織布被淋上大量液體，亦始終確保纖維間之液體之透過通路而液體透過性優異。藉此，不會受纖維間距離與液膜形成之問題限制，可賦予不織布各種功能。例如，可為包含1層者，亦可為包含2層以上之複數層者。又，不織布之形狀可平坦，亦可於一面側或兩面側設有凹凸，亦可對纖維之基重或密度加以各種變化。 於對具有包含凸部與凹部之凹凸形狀之不織布施加液膜開裂劑之情形時，可以圖1～3所示之圖案、或其他任意之圖案含有液膜開裂劑。通常而言，若將表面不存在空隙之膜片材與表面存在空隙之不織布片材之表面液體流動進行對比，則於該片材之整體為親水性之情形時，不織布片材作為片材整體變現出更為親水性之性能，且液體流動較膜片材變短。另一方面，於片材之整體為疏水性之情形時，不織布片材作為片材整體變現出更為疏水性之性能，且液體流動較膜片材變長。其係基於Cassie-Baxter之理論(辻井薫著，「超撥水與超親水-其結構與應用-」，米田出版，2009年初版，p38記載)。關於該傾向，與平坦之不織布之情形相比，於凹凸形狀之不織布之情形時更顯著地產生。因此，本發明於凹凸不織布之情形時，發揮較平坦不織布顯著之效果。於使具有凹凸形狀之不織布含有液膜開裂劑之情形時，可使凸部頂部含有液膜開裂劑而配置含有部，使凹部底部不含有液膜開裂劑而配置非含有部。此時，有上述凸部之頂部具有上述含有部之圖案、上述凹部之底部具有上述非含有部之圖案、上述凸部與上述含有部一致，且上述凹部與上述非含有部一致之圖案等。藉此，可利用容易與肌膚接觸之凸部實現高水準之液體殘留減少，並且即便為凹凸不織布，亦可提高表面之液體流動防止性。又，該塗佈圖案於藉由軟版印刷方式等印刷方式將液膜開裂劑塗佈於具有凹凸形狀之不織布之情形時，由於凸部會與印刷輥接觸，故而就製造方法之觀點而言亦較佳。於凸部與含有部一致之情形時，圖9～11所示之不織布之含有部之圖案係與圖3-1(B)相同或類似者。同樣地，圖12～14所示之不織布之含有部之圖案係與圖1或圖3-1(A)相同或類似者，圖16所示之不織布之含有部之圖案係與圖3-2(D)相同或類似者。 進而，本發明之不織布藉由液膜開裂劑之作用而液體透過性優異，因此關於與吸收體之組合，選擇項之範圍擴大。又，本發明之不織布包含複數層之情形時之液膜開裂劑可含於所有層中，亦可含於一部分層中。較佳為至少含於直接接住液之側之層中。例如於將本發明之不織布設為吸收性物品之正面片材之情形時，較佳為至少於肌膚抵接面側之層中含有液膜開裂劑。 本發明之不織布較佳為於至少一部分之纖維交絡點附近或纖維熔合點附近液膜開裂劑局部存在。此處所謂液膜開裂劑之「局部存在」，並非於構成不織布之纖維之表面整體均等地附著有液膜開裂劑之狀態，而係指如下狀態，即較各纖維之表面，液膜開裂劑偏向附著於纖維交絡點附近或纖維熔合點附近。具體而言，可定義為：相比纖維表面(交絡點間或熔合點間之纖維表面)，交絡點或熔合點附近之液膜開裂劑濃度較高。此時，存在於纖維交絡點附近或纖維熔合點附近之液膜開裂劑亦可以如下方式附著，即以纖維交絡點或纖維熔合點為中心而局部覆蓋纖維間之空間。交絡點或熔合點附近之液膜開裂劑濃度係越濃越佳。該濃度由於會根據所使用之液膜開裂劑之種類或所使用之纖維之種類、與其他劑混合之情形時之有效成分比率等而變化，故而無法一概而定，但就發揮上述之液膜開裂作用之觀點而言，可適當決定。 由於液膜開裂劑局部存在，而變得更容易表現出液膜開裂作用。即，纖維交絡點附近或纖維熔合點附近係液膜特別容易產生之位置，因此，藉由使更多之液膜開裂劑存在於該位置，而變得容易直接作用於液膜。 如上所述，液膜開裂劑之局部存在較佳為以不織布整體之纖維交絡點附近或纖維熔合點附近之30%以上產生，更佳為以40%以上產生，進而較佳為以50%以上產生。不織布中，纖維交絡點或纖維熔合點彼此之距離相對較短時，纖維間之空間較小而特別容易產生液膜。因此，若於纖維間之空間較小時之纖維交絡點附近或纖維熔合點附近有選擇地局部存在液膜開裂劑，則特別有效地表現出液膜開裂作用，故而較佳。又，於如上述之有選擇地局部存在之情形時，液膜開裂劑較佳為使對相對較小之纖維間空間之被覆率變大，且使對相對較大之纖維間空間之被覆率變小。藉此，可一面保持不織布中之液體透過性，一面有效地表現出於毛細管力較大而液膜容易產生之部分之開裂作用，從而不織布整體之液體殘留減少效果變高。此處所謂「相對較小之纖維間空間」係指相對於利用上述之(纖維間距離之測定方法)所求出之纖維間距離，具有1/2以下之纖維間距離的纖維間空間。 (液膜開裂劑之局部存在狀態之確認方法) 上述之液膜開裂劑之局部存在狀態可藉由以下之方法而確認。 首先，將不織布切割成5 mm×5 mm，並使用碳帶安裝至試樣台。將試樣台以無蒸鍍之狀態放入至掃描式電子顯微鏡(S4300SE/N，日立製作所股份有限公司製造)中，設為低真空或真空狀態。由於使用環形反射電子檢測器(附屬品)進行檢測，故而原子序越大，越容易釋出反射電子，因此塗佈有包含較多原子序大於主要構成聚乙烯(PE)或聚丙烯(PP)或聚酯(PET)之碳原子或氫原子之氧原子或矽原子的液膜開裂劑之部分發白地顯現，因此可藉由發白而確認局部存在之狀態。再者，關於其白色度，原子序越大、或附著量越多，白色度越增加。 又，於製造本發明之不織布時，可採用此種物品通常所使用之方法。例如作為纖維網之形成方法，可使用梳棉法、氣流成網法、紡黏法等。作為纖維網之不織布化方法，可採用水刺法、針刺法、化學黏合、點狀之壓紋加工等通常所使用之各種不織布化方法。其中，就肌膚觸感之觀點而言，較佳為熱風不織布、紡黏不織布。此處所謂「熱風不織布」係指經過將50℃以上之流體、例如氣體或水蒸氣向纖維網或不織布進行吹送之步驟(熱風處理)而製造之不織布。又，「紡黏不織布」係指利用紡黏法所製造之積層不織布。不僅指僅利用本步驟所製造之不織布，亦包含向利用其他方法所製作之不織布追加本步驟而製造之不織布或者於本步驟後進行某些步驟而製造之不織布。又，本發明之不織布並不限定於僅由熱風不織布或紡黏不織布構成者，亦包含將熱風不織布、紡黏不織布與其他不織布等纖維片材或膜材進行複合化而成者。 於本發明之不織布之製造方法中，於如上所述般於不織布化後塗佈液膜開裂劑之情形時，可列舉：於包含液膜開裂劑之溶液中浸漬原料不織布之方法。上述溶液例如可列舉：利用溶劑稀釋液膜開裂劑而成之溶液等(以下，將該溶液亦稱為液膜開裂劑溶液)。作為進行稀釋之溶劑，可列舉乙醇等醇。又，作為其他方法，可列舉：對原料不織布塗佈液膜開裂劑單獨成分、或包含上述液膜開裂劑之溶液之方法。再者，亦可於包含上述液膜開裂劑之溶液中混合磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑。該情形時之液膜開裂劑與磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之含有比率較佳為如上所述。作為上述溶劑，可無特別限制地使用可使水溶解度極小之液膜開裂劑適度溶解或分散於溶劑中並乳化以便容易塗佈於不織布者。例如，作為使液膜開裂劑溶解者，可使用乙醇、甲醇、丙酮、己烷等有機溶劑，或者於製成乳化液之情形時，當然亦可使用水作為溶劑或分散介質，作為乳化時所使用之乳化劑，可列舉：包含磷酸烷基酯、脂肪醯胺、烷基甜菜鹼、烷基磺基琥珀酸鈉等之各種界面活性劑。再者，所謂原料不織布係指塗佈液膜開裂劑之前者，作為其製造方法，可無特別限制地使用如上所述之通常所使用之製造方法。 作為塗佈於上述之原料不織布之方法，可無特別限制地採用可用於該不織布之製造方法者。例如可列舉：利用噴霧之塗佈、利用狹縫式塗佈機之塗佈、利用凹版方式、柔版方式、浸漬方式之塗佈等。 就液膜開裂劑於上述之纖維交絡點附近或纖維熔合點附近局部存在化之觀點而言，較佳為塗佈於不織布化後之原料不織布，更佳為不浸漬而塗佈於原料不織布之方法。塗佈之方法中，就使液膜開裂劑之局部存在化更明顯之觀點而言，特佳為利用柔版方式之塗佈方法。 又，作為原料不織布，可無特別限制地使用各種不織布。特別是就保持液膜開裂劑之局部存在化之觀點而言，較佳為纖維交絡點熱熔合或熱壓接在一起者，更佳為使用藉由上述之熱風處理或熱壓紋將纖維彼此進行熱接著而獲得之不織布。 於使液膜開裂劑附著於纖維時，較佳為以包含液膜開裂劑之纖維處理劑之形式使用。包含該液膜開裂劑之溶液亦可事先以纖維處理劑之形式另外製作為單獨之溶液。此處進行說明之所謂「纖維處理劑」係指如下者，即利用水與界面活性劑等將水溶解度極小之油狀液膜開裂劑進行乳化等而設為容易對原料不織布或纖維進行塗佈處理之狀態。於用以塗佈液膜開裂劑之纖維處理劑中，液膜開裂劑之含有比率較佳為相對於纖維處理劑之質量為50質量%以下。藉此，纖維處理劑可成為已使成為油狀成分之液膜開裂劑於溶劑中穩定地乳化之狀態。就穩定之乳化之觀點而言，液膜開裂劑之含有比率更佳為相對於纖維處理劑之質量為40質量%以下，進而較佳為30質量%以下。又，就塗佈後液膜開裂劑於適度之黏度下於纖維上移動而實現上述之不織布中之液膜開裂劑之局部存在化的觀點而言，較佳為設為上述之含有比率。關於液膜開裂劑之含有比率，就表現出充分之液膜開裂效果之觀點而言，較佳為相對於纖維處理劑之質量為5質量%以上，更佳為15質量%以上，進而較佳為25質量%以上。再者，含有液膜開裂劑之纖維處理劑亦可於不抑制液膜開裂劑之作用之範圍內含有其他劑。例如亦可含有上述之磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑。該情形時之液膜開裂劑與磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之含有比率較佳為如上所述。除此以外，亦可含有纖維加工時所使用之抗靜電劑或耐摩擦劑、又對不織布賦予適度之親水性之親水化劑、賦予乳化穩定性之乳化劑等。 作為本發明之不織布之較佳實施形態，對具有凹凸形狀者之具體例進行說明。 例如，可列舉應用熱收縮性纖維之圖9所示者(第1實施態樣)。圖9所示之不織布10包含如下2層，即上表面1A(製成正面片材時之肌膚抵接面)側之上層11、與下表面1B(製成正面片材時之非肌膚抵接面)側之下層12。又，自上表面1A於厚度方向上實施壓紋加工(推擠)而將2層接合(將實施過壓紋加工之部分稱為壓紋凹部(凹狀之接合部)13)。下層12係表現出熱收縮性纖維之熱收縮之層。上層11係包含非熱收縮性纖維之層，非熱收縮性纖維係藉由凹狀之接合部13而局部地接合。非熱收縮性纖維並不限定於完全不會因加熱而收縮者，亦包含以不會阻礙下層12之熱收縮性纖維之熱收縮之程度進行收縮者。作為該非熱收縮性纖維，就利用熱之不織布化之觀點而言，較佳為非熱收縮性熱熔合纖維。 該不織布10例如可藉由日本專利特開2002-187228號公報之段落[0032]～[0048]所記載之原材料與製造方法進行製造。於該製造中，例如自上層側11對上層11與下層12之積層體實施壓紋加工等後，利用熱處理使熱收縮性纖維進行熱收縮。此時，因該纖維之收縮而鄰接之壓紋部分彼此被拉攏而相互之間隔縮小。藉由該變形，上層11之纖維以壓紋凹部13為基點而於上表面1A側隆起，從而形成凸部14。或者，將表現出熱收縮之下層12於伸長之狀態下積層於上層，之後實施上述之壓紋加工。其後，若解除下層12之伸長狀態，則於上層11側於上表面1A側隆起而形成凸部14。作為該壓紋加工，可利用熱壓紋加工或超音波壓紋等通常所使用之方法進行。又，關於兩層之接合，亦可為使用接著劑之接合方法。 關於以上述方式製造之不織布10，於壓紋凹部(凹狀之接合部)13，將上層11向下層側12擠壓而進行接合。該壓紋凹部13係於不織布10之平面方向散點狀地形成，且壓紋凹部13所包圍之部分為上述之上層11隆起之凸部14。凸部14係三維之立體形狀，例如形成圓頂形狀。利用如上述之製造方法所形成之凸部14係成為纖維較下層12粗之狀態。凸部14之內部亦可如圖9所示般由纖維填滿，亦可具有上層11與下層12分離而成之中空部。壓紋凹部13與凸部14之配置可任意，例如亦可設為格子配置。作為格子配置，可列舉：將複數條包含複數個壓紋凹部13之列進行排列，且各列中之壓紋凹部13之間隔於相鄰之列彼此間錯開半間距之配置等。又，關於壓紋凹部13之俯視形狀，於點狀配置之情形時，亦可設為圓形、或橢圓形狀、三角形狀、方形狀、其他多角形狀，且可適當任意地設定。又，壓紋凹部13除點狀地配置以外，亦可線狀地配置。 不織布10於上表面1A側具有凹凸面，該凹凸面具有凸部14與壓紋凹部13，因此向平面方向伸長之情形時之形狀恢復性、向厚度方向壓縮時之壓縮變形性優異。又，藉由如上述之上層11之纖維之隆起而成為相對蓬鬆之不織布。藉此，與不織布10接觸之使用者可感覺到柔軟之舒適之肌膚觸感。又，關於將不織布10作為以上表面10A為肌膚抵接面、以下表面1B為非肌膚抵接面之正面片材組入的吸收性物品，因具有凸部14與壓紋凹部13之凹凸而肌膚抵接面側變得通氣性優異。 又，不織布10藉由上述液膜開裂劑之作用、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之協同作用而使液體殘留變少。藉此，可進一步提高應用凹凸面與壓紋較密之部分之液體透過性。 再者，不織布10並不限定於上層11與下層12之2層構造，亦可進而具有其他層。例如可於上層11與下層12之間配置單層或複數層，亦可於不織布10之上表面10A側、下表面10B側配置單層或複數層。該單層或複數層可為具有熱收縮性纖維之層，亦可為具有非熱收縮性纖維之層。 作為將本發明之不織布製成凹凸形狀者之其他具體例，將不織布20、30、40、50、60、70(第2～第7實施態樣)示於以下。 首先，第2實施態樣之不織布20係如圖10所示般具有中空部21之兩層構造。兩層均包含熱塑性纖維。不織布20中，具有將第1不織布20A與第2不織布20B局部熱熔合而成之接合部22。於接合部22所包圍之非接合部中，第1不織布20A具有多個向離開第2不織布20B之方向突出，於內部具有中空部21之凸部23。接合部22係位於相鄰之凸部23、23間之凹部，且與凸部23一起構成第1面1A之凹凸。該不織布20可藉由通常所使用之方法形成。例如於藉由2根凹凸輥之嚙合而對第1不織布20A進行凹凸賦形後，貼合第2不織布而獲得不織布20。就藉由凹凸輥之嚙合而對不織布進行賦形之觀點而言，第1不織布20A及第2不織布20B均較佳為包含非熱伸長性且非熱收縮性之熱熔合纖維。 不織布20例如於作為將第1面1A朝向肌膚抵接面側之正面片材積層於吸收體上而使用時，自第1面1A側向第2面1B側之液體透過性優異。具體而言，液體經由中空部21而透過。又，穿著者之體壓會施加於凸部23，存在於凸部23之液體直接向第2不織布3移動。藉此，於第1面1A側之液體殘留較少。此種作用可藉由上述之液膜開裂劑之作用、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之協動作用而以更高水準持續地發揮。即，即便於長時間使用或存在大量排液之情形時，亦由於藉由液膜破裂而確保液體之透過路徑，故而可充分地發揮如上所述之液體透過性。 繼而，第3實施態樣之不織布30如圖11(A)及(B)所示般具有包含熱塑性纖維且兩面設有凹凸之形狀之第1纖維層301。圖11(A)表示僅由第1纖維層301構成之1層構造之不織布30A。圖11(B)表示具有第1纖維層301、及沿著第1纖維層301之第2面1B側接合之第2纖維層302的2層構造之不織布30B。以下，對各不織布具體地進行說明。 圖11(A)所示之不織布30A(第1纖維層301)係將於第1面1A突出之第1突出部31與於第2面1B側突出之第2突出部32於俯視不織布30A時交叉之不同方向上交替地連續配置。第1突出部31及第2突出部32具有於各自之相反面側開放之內部空間，該部分形成該面中之凹部33、34。藉此，第1面1A係第1突出部31與凹部34之凹凸形狀。又，第2面1B係第2突出部32與凹部33之凹凸形狀。又，不織布30A具有將第1突出部31與第2突出部32連接之壁部35。壁部35形成第1突出部31及第2突出部32各自之內部空間之壁面，且於平面方向具有環狀構造。構成壁部35之纖維於環狀構造之任一位置上均於將第1突出部31與第2突出部32連結之方向上具有纖維配向性。藉此，壁部產生韌性。其結果為，不織布30A具有適當之緩衝性，即便施加壓力，恢復性亦優異，可避免各內部空間之潰縮。又，藉由兩面突出而對體壓之分散性較高，且亦抑制接觸面積，因此肌膚觸感柔軟且回液防止性優異。不織布30A可將任一面設為肌膚抵接面側而用作吸收性物品之正面片材，可對吸收性物品賦予適當之緩衝性或柔軟之肌膚觸感、及優異之低回液性能。 圖11(B)所示之不織布30B係沿著上述之第1纖維層301之第2面1B側之凹凸配置第2纖維層302而接合而成。該不織布30B典型而言，係將第1面1A設為肌膚抵接面而使用。於不織布30B之第1面1A側，上述之第1纖維層301之第1突出部31與凹部34之凹凸形狀擴展，配置有第1突出部31與凹部32之間之環狀結構之壁部35。因此，不織布30B亦具有上述之第1纖維層301之纖維配向性，藉此，壁部產生韌性而凹凸之恢復性優異。 除此以外，不織布30B係藉由利用熱風步驟之熱風處理而進行纖維網之賦形、不織布化、及兩層之接合，因此成為整體蓬鬆而單位面積重量較低者。尤其是兩纖維層301及302之接合係藉由利用熱風進行之纖維彼此之熱熔合而接合，因此於纖維層間之接合部分之纖維間形成間隙，即便為成為接合部之凹部32，通液速度亦較快。又，於第1纖維層301之第1突出部31之頂部之第2面1B側具有第2纖維層302之纖維密度低於第1纖維層301及第2纖維層302之其他部分之纖維密度的部分36。藉由存在該纖維密度較低之部分36，而即便為低負荷，第1纖維層301之第1突出部31亦變得容易凹陷，因此可提高不織布30B之緩衝性。不織布30B於用作吸收性物品之正面片材之情形時，較佳為將第1面1A側(即第1纖維層301側)設為肌膚抵接面側。 於不織布30(30A及30B)中，亦藉由上述之液膜開裂劑之作用、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之協動作用而始終確保液體之透過路徑。藉此，針對纖維徑或纖維密度之設計範圍變廣。 於製造該不織布30(30A及30B)時，例如可採用對纖維網一面控制熱風溫度及風速一面進行多階段之熱風處理的熱風加工。例如不織布30A(第1纖維層301)可使用日本專利特開2012-136790號之段落[0031]及[0032]所記載之製造方法。又，作為對纖維網進行凹凸賦形之支持體，較佳為使用具有實心之突起部與開口部者。例如可使用日本專利特開2012-149370號之圖1及2所示之支持體或日本專利特開2012-149371號之圖1及2所示之支持體。又，不織布30B(第1纖維層301及第2纖維層302之積層不織布)可藉由於上述之第1纖維層301之熱風步驟中積層成為第2纖維層302之纖維網而進行製造。例如可使用日本專利特開2013-124428號公報之段落[0042]～[0064]所記載之製造方法。就藉由熱風加工而對不織布30A及30B進行賦形之觀點而言，第1纖維層301及第2纖維層302均較佳為非熱伸長性且非熱收縮性之熱熔合纖維。 繼而，第4實施態樣之不織布40如圖12所示包含含有熱塑性纖維之1層，且於第1面1A側具有半圓筒狀之凸部41與沿著該凸部41之側緣而配置之凹部42交替配置有複數個而成之形狀。於凹部42之下側配置有包含不織布之纖維之凹部底部43。凹部底部43之纖維密度低於凸部41。該不織布30中，亦可於凸部41上局部積層另一層纖維層45(參照圖13)。若將不織布40作為以第1面1A側為肌膚抵接面側之正面片材而組入至吸收性物品，則凸部41所接收到之液體容易向凹部42移動，且於凹部43容易向第2面1B側移動。藉此，液體殘留較少而抑制肌膚之黏膩感。 於不織布40中亦藉由上述之液膜開裂劑、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之作用而始終確保液體之透過路徑。藉此，針對纖維徑或纖維密度之設計範圍變廣。 此種不織布40可藉由針對纖維網，對設為凹部42之部分吹送熱風等流體使纖維移動而形成。藉此，可使凹部底部43之纖維密度低於其周邊。 繼而，第5實施態樣之不織布50係如圖14所示般具有沿單向(Y方向)延伸之條帶狀之凸條部51與凹條部52交替配置而成之凹凸構造。又，於該不織布片材50之厚度方向，可將上述凹凸構造分成頂部區域50A、底部區域50B及位於其等之間之側部區域50C之3等分。 不織布50具有複數個構成纖維54彼此之交點之熱熔合部55。若著眼於1根構成纖維54，則構成纖維54如圖15所示般，於相鄰之熔合部55彼此間具有被纖維徑較小之2個小徑部56夾持之大徑部57。藉此，不織布50之柔軟性提高而肌膚觸感變得良好。又，以纖維單位計與肌膚之接觸面積減少而獲得更良好之乾爽感。又，就柔軟性之觀點而言，自小徑部56向該大徑部57之變化點58較佳為處於相鄰之熔合部55、55彼此之間隔T的靠近熔合部55之1/3之範圍內(圖15之T1及T3之範圍)。再者，該小徑部56與被其夾持之大徑部57之組合亦可於間隔T內存在複數個。此種構成纖維中之小徑部56及大徑部57之構成係藉由於形成凸條部51及凹條部52之刀槽延伸加工時將纖維進行延伸而形成。作為此時所使用之纖維，較佳為延伸度較高之纖維。例如可列舉：經日本專利特開2010-168715號公報之段落[0033]所記載之處理步驟而獲得之樹脂之結晶狀態會因加熱而變化而產生長度之延伸的熱伸長性纖維等。 進而，就液體透過性之觀點而言，不織布50較佳為小徑部之親水度小於大徑部之親水度。該親水度之差可藉由使附著於纖維之纖維處理劑含有延伸性成分(疏水成分)而形成。尤佳為含有延伸性成分與親水性成分。具體而言，若纖維藉由上述之刀槽延伸加工而延伸，則延伸性成分於延伸而成之小徑部35擴散而於與大徑部之間產生親水度之差。於大徑部，不易擴散之親水性成分滯留而親水度變得高於小徑部。作為上述延伸性成分，例如可列舉玻璃轉移點較低且分子鏈具有柔軟性之聚矽氧樹脂，作為聚矽氧樹脂，可較佳地使用將Si-O-Si鏈設為主鏈之聚有機矽氧烷。 此外，就上述之液體透過性之觀點而言，不織布50較佳為側壁區域30C之纖維密度低於頂部區域30A、底部區域30B之纖維密度。 於不織布50中，亦藉由上述之液膜開裂劑、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之作用而始終確保液體之透過路徑。藉此，針對纖維徑或纖維密度之設計範圍變廣。 不織布50可單獨使用，亦可與平坦之纖維層接合而製成積層不織布，亦可積層於存在凹凸之纖維層而製成沿著該凹凸一體化之積層不織布。例如可積層於第2實施態樣(圖10)之不織布20中之第2不織布上，亦可積層於第3實施態樣(圖11(A))之不織布30A或第4實施態樣(圖12或圖13)之不織布40。 繼而，第6實施態樣之不織布60具有包含熱伸長性纖維之凹凸形狀。如圖16所示般，第1面1A側為凹凸形狀。另一方面，第2面1B側或平坦，或與第1面1A側相比，凹凸之程度極小。第1面1A側之凹凸形狀具體而言具有複數個凸部61與包圍其之線狀之凹部62。凹部62具有不織布60之構成纖維被壓接或接著之壓接著部，且熱伸長性纖維為未伸長之狀態。凸部62係熱伸長性纖維熱伸長而於第1面1A側隆起之部分。因此，凸部62因纖維密度低於凹部62而成為蓬鬆之部分。又，線狀之凹部62係格子狀地配置，在以格子劃分之各區域散步配置有凸部61。藉此，不織布60抑制與穿著者之肌膚之接觸面積而有效地防止悶熱或斑疹。又，與肌膚接觸之凸部61因熱伸長性纖維之熱伸長而蓬鬆，成為柔軟之肌膚觸感。再者，不織布60可為單層構造，亦可為2層以上之複數層構造。例如於為2層構造之情形時，第2面1B側之層較佳為不含熱伸長性纖維，或者與具有凹凸形狀之第1面1A側之層相比，熱伸長性纖維之含量較少。又，兩層較佳為於凹部62之壓接著部接合。 於不織布60中，亦藉由上述之液膜開裂劑、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之作用而始終確保液體之透過路徑。藉此，針對纖維徑或纖維密度之設計範圍變廣。 此種不織布60可藉由以下之方法進行製造。首先，對纖維網實施熱壓紋加工而形成線狀之凹部62。此時，於凹部62，熱伸長性纖維被壓接或熔合而於未熱伸長之情況下被固定。繼而，藉由熱風加工而存在於凹部61以外之部分中之熱伸長性纖維伸長而形成凸部61，從而成為不織布60。又，作為不織布60之構成纖維，亦可為上述之熱伸長性纖維與非熱伸長性熱熔合性纖維之混綿。作為其等構成纖維，例如可使用日本專利特開2005-350836號公報之段落[0013]、[0037]～[0040]所記載者、日本專利特開2011-1277258號公報之段落[0012]、[0024]～[0046]所記載者等。 繼而，第7實施態樣之不織布70係如圖17所示般包含含有熱塑性纖維之上層71與下層72之積層不織布。於上層71交替配置有凸狀部73與凹狀部74，且凹狀部74開孔。凹狀部74之纖維密度低於凸狀部73之纖維密度。於交替重複配置有凸狀部73與凹狀部74之區域可存在於上層71之一部分中，亦可存在於整體。於交替反覆配置有凸狀部73與凹狀部74之區域存在於上層之一部分中之情形時，該區域較佳為存在於使用不織布70作為吸收性物品之正面片材時成為受液區域(排泄部對應區域)之部分中。另一方面，下層72實質上纖維密度均一。下層72係至少對應於上層71之交替反覆配置有凸狀部73與凹狀部74之區域而積層。藉此，不織布70因凸狀部73之纖維密度較高而具有蓬鬆之緩衝性，若用作吸收性物品之正面片材，則變得難以產生回液。又，不織布70由於凹狀部74之纖維密度較低而處於開孔狀態，故而液體透過性、尤其是對高黏性之液體之透過性優異。 於不織布70中，亦藉由上述之液膜開裂劑、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之作用而始終確保液體之透過路徑。藉此，針對纖維徑或纖維密度之設計範圍變廣。 此種不織布70例如可藉由日本專利特開平4-24263號公報之第6頁左下欄12行～第8頁右上欄19行所記載之方法進行製造。 本發明之液膜開裂劑及包含該液膜開裂劑之不織布可有效利用其柔軟之肌膚觸感與液體殘留之減少而應用於各種領域。例如可較佳地用作經期衛生棉、衛生護墊、拋棄式尿布、失禁護墊等自身體排出之液體之吸收所使用之吸收性物品中的正面片材、第二片材(配置於正面片材與吸收體之間之片材)、吸收體、包含吸收體之被覆片材、防漏片材、或對人用擦拭片材、肌膚護理用片材、進而物鏡用之拭布等。於使用本發明之不織布作為吸收性物品之正面片材或第二片材之情形時，較佳為使用該不織布之第1層側作為肌膚對向面側。再者，本發明之液膜開裂劑只要發揮使液膜開裂之作用，則並不限於不織布，可應用於織布等各種纖維材。 關於本發明之不織布之製造所使用之纖維網的基重，係視目標之不織布之具體用途而選擇適當之範圍。最終所獲得之不織布之基重較佳為10 g/m2
以上且100 g/m2
以下、特別是15 g/m2
以上且80 g/m2
以下。 關於自身體排出之液體之吸收所使用之吸收性物品，典型而言具備正面片材、背面片材及介存配置於兩片材間之液體保持性之吸收體。作為使用本發明之不織布作為正面片材之情形時之吸收體及背面片材，可無特別限制地使用其等技術領域中通常所使用之材料。例如作為吸收體，可使用以衛生紙或不織布等被覆片材被覆包含紙漿纖維等纖維材料之纖維集合體或於其中保持有吸收性聚合物者而獲得者。作為背面片材，可使用熱塑性樹脂之膜、或該膜與不織布之層壓體等液體不透過性或撥水性之片材。背面片材亦可具有水蒸氣透過性。吸收性物品亦可進而具備對應該吸收性物品之具體用途之各種構件。上述構件對業者而言公知。例如於將吸收性物品用於拋棄式尿布或經期衛生棉之情形時，可於正面片材上之左右兩側部配置一對或二對以上之立體防護。 關於上述之實施形態，本發明進而揭示以下之不織布及吸收性物品。 ＜1＞ 一種不織布，其表面具有包含液膜開裂劑之含有部、與不包含上述液膜開裂劑之非含有部，且對配置有上述含有部及上述非含有部之不織布表面劃分出邊長5 mm之正方形時，該正方形之區域中具有1個以上之上述含有部與上述非含有部之界面。 ＜2＞ 如上述＜1＞記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數為15 mN/m以上。 ＜3＞ 一種不織布，其表面具有包含下述化合物C1之含有部、與不包含下述化合物C1之非含有部，且對配置有上述含有部及上述非含有部之不織布表面劃分出邊長5 mm之正方形時，於該正方形之區域中具有1個以上之上述含有部與上述非含有部之界面。 [化合物C1] 對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數為15 mN/m以上之化合物。 ＜4＞ 如上述＜2＞或＜3＞記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1之展佈係數更佳為20 mN/m以上，進而較佳為25 mN/m以上，特佳為30 mN/m以上。 ＜5＞ 如上述＜2＞至＜4＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力較佳為20 mN/m以下，更佳為17 mN/m以下，進而較佳為13 mN/m以下，進而更佳為10 mN/m以下，特佳為9 mN/m以下，尤佳為1 mN/m以下，且大於0 mN/m。 ＜6＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜5＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1包含具有選自由下述之結構X、X-Y、及Y-X-Y所組成之群中之至少1種結構之化合物。 結構X表示將＞C(A)-(C表示碳原子。又，＜、＞及-表示鍵結鍵。以下相同)、-C(A)2
-、-C(A)(B)-、＞C(A)-C(R1
)＜、＞C(R1
)-、-C(R1
)(R2
)-、-C(R1
)2
-、＞C＜及、-Si(R1
)2
O-、-Si(R1
)(R2
)O-中之任一種基本結構重複、或者組合2種以上而成之結構之矽氧烷鏈、或其混合鏈。於結構X之末端具有氫原子、或選自由-C(A)3
、-C(A)2
B、-C(A)(B)2
、-C(A)2
-C(R1
)3
、-C(R1
)2
A、-C(R1
)3
、及-OSi(R1
)3
、-OSi(R1
)2
(R2
)、-Si(R1
)3
、-Si(R1
)2
(R2
)所組成之群中之至少1種基。 上述之R1
或R2
分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、或鹵素原子。A、B分別獨立地表示包含氧原子或氮原子之取代基。於結構X內R1
、R2
、A、B各自存在複數個之情形時，其等相互可相同亦可不同。 Y表示包含選自氫原子、碳原子、氧原子、氮原子、磷原子、硫原子中之原子的具有親水性之親水基。Y為複數個之情形時相互可相同亦可不同。 ＜7＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜6＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1包含聚矽氧系界面活性劑之有機改性聚矽氧，且作為該有機改性聚矽氧，包含選自由胺基改性聚矽氧、環氧改性聚矽氧、羧基改性聚矽氧、二醇改性聚矽氧、甲醇改性聚矽氧、(甲基)丙烯酸基改性聚矽氧、巰基改性聚矽氧、酚改性聚矽氧、聚醚改性聚矽氧、甲基苯乙烯基改性聚矽氧、長鏈烷基改性聚矽氧、高級脂肪酸酯改性聚矽氧、高級烷氧基改性聚矽氧、高級脂肪酸改性聚矽氧及氟改性聚矽氧所組成之群中之至少1種。 ＜8＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜7＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1包含聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧，且該聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧為選自由下述式[I]～[IV]所表示之化合物所組成之群中之至少1種。 [化19] In addition, the polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxane may have either or both of a polyoxyethylene-modified group and a polyoxyethylene-modified group. In addition, in order to be insoluble in water and have a lower interfacial tension, it is more desirable that the alkyl group R 31 in the silicone chain has a methyl group. There are no particular limitations on the one having the modifying group and the polysiloxane chain. For example, there are those described in paragraphs [0006] and [0012] of JP 2002-161474. More specifically, it can include: polyoxyethylene (POE) polyoxypropylene (POP) modified polysiloxane, or polyoxyethylene (POE) modified polysiloxane, polyoxyethylene propylene (POP) Modified polysiloxane, etc. As the POE modified polysiloxane, POE(3) modified dimethyl polysiloxane added with 3 mol of POE can be cited. As the POP modified polysiloxane, there can be mentioned: POP(10) modified dimethyl polysiloxane with addition of 10 mol, 12 mol, or 24 mol of POP, and POP(12) modified dimethyl polysiloxane Based polysiloxane, POP (24) modified dimethyl polysiloxane, etc. Regarding the spreading coefficient and water solubility of the above-mentioned first embodiment, in the case of polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxane, for example, it can be based on the addition molar number of polyoxyalkylene (to polyoxyalkylene). The number of oxyalkylene-forming polyoxyalkylene bonds of 1 mol of modified polysiloxane, the following modification rate, etc., are set to specific ranges. In this liquid film cracking agent, similarly to the surface tension and the interfacial tension, each may be set to a specific range. From the above viewpoint, it is preferable that the number of addition moles of the polyoxyalkylene group is 1 or more. If it does not reach 1, the above-mentioned liquid film cracking effect will be due to higher interfacial tension and smaller spreading coefficient, so the liquid film cracking effect becomes weaker. From this viewpoint, the number of addition moles is more preferably 3 or more, and still more preferably 5 or more. On the other hand, if the number of added moles is too large, it becomes hydrophilic and the water solubility becomes high. From this viewpoint, the number of addition moles is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and still more preferably 10 or less. Regarding the modification rate of the modified silicone, if it is too low, the hydrophilicity is impaired, so it is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 10% or more, and still more preferably 20% or more. Moreover, if it is too high, it will dissolve in water, so it is preferably 95% or less, more preferably 70% or less, and still more preferably 40% or less. Furthermore, the so-called modification rate of the above-mentioned modified silicone refers to the number of repeating units of the modified silicone bonding part in 1 molecule of the modified silicone relative to the number of the silicone bonding part The ratio of the total number of repeating units. For example, in the above formula [I] and [IV], it is (n/m＋n)×100%, in the formula [II], it is (2/m)×100%, in the formula [III], it is (1/m) ×100%. In addition, with regard to the aforementioned spreading coefficient and water solubility, in the case of polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxane, in addition to the above, they can also be set to specific ranges by the following methods: and water-soluble Polyoxyethylene and water-insoluble polyoxypropylene and polyoxyethylene butyl groups are used as modified groups; to change the molecular weight of water-insoluble polysiloxane chains; and in addition to polyoxyethylene modified groups, also Amino groups, epoxy groups, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, methanol groups, etc. are introduced as modifying groups and the like. The polyalkylene-modified polysiloxane that can be used as a liquid film cracking agent preferably contains 0.02 mass% or more and 5 mass% or less in terms of the content ratio (Oil Per Unit) relative to the fiber mass. The content ratio (OPU) of the polyalkylene-modified polysiloxane is more preferably 1% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.4% by mass or less. In this way, the non-woven fabric has a better tactile feel. In addition, from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting the liquid film cracking effect of the polyalkylene-modified polysiloxane, the content ratio (OPU) is more preferably 0.04% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1% by mass or more. In addition, the fiber mass here means the fiber mass of the entire nonwoven fabric including the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 (the content ratio (OPU) described below is also the same). The liquid film cracking agent in the second embodiment is preferably a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following structures Z, ZY, and YZY as described below. Structure Z means that >C(A)-(C: carbon atom), -C(A) 2 -, -C(A)(B)-, >C(A)-C(R 3 )<,>C (R 3 )-, -C(R 3 )(R 4 )-, -C(R 3 ) 2 -, >C< any one of the basic structure repeats, or a combination of two or more of the structure formed by the hydrocarbon chain . It has a hydrogen atom at the end of structure Z, or is selected from -C(A) 3 , -C(A) 2 B, -C(A)(B) 2 , -C(A) 2 -C(R 3 ) 3 , -C(R 3 ) 2 A, -C(R 3 ) 3 at least one group in the group. The aforementioned R 3 or R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably with a carbon number of 1 to 20. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl are preferred). , Heptyl, 2-ethylhexyl, nonyl, decyl), alkoxy (preferably carbon number 1-20. For example, preferably methoxy, ethoxy), aryl (preferably carbon The number is 6 to 20. For example, various substituents such as a phenyl group, a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a combination thereof, a hydrocarbon group, or a fluorine atom are preferable. A and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom, such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an amino group, an amide group, an imino group, and a phenol group. When there are a plurality of R 3 , R 4 , A, and B in the structure Z, they may be the same or different from each other. In addition, the bond between the connected C (carbon atom) is usually a single bond, but may also include a double bond or a triple bond, and the bond between C may also include an ether group, an amido group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, and a carbonate group. Etc. link base. The number of bonds between one C and the other C is 1 to 4, so there may be long-chain hydrocarbon chain branching or a radial structure. Y represents a hydrophilic group containing an atom selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom. For example, it contains a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an amino group, an amide group, an imino group, a phenol group; or a polyoxyalkylene group (the carbon number of the oxyalkylene group is preferably 1 to 4. For example, a polyoxy Ethylene, polyoxypropylene, polyoxyethylene, or polyoxyethylene group formed by combining them); or erythritol, xylitol, sorbitol, glycerol , Ethylene glycol group and other hydrophilic groups with multiple hydroxyl groups; or sulfonic acid group, sulfate group, phosphoric acid group, sulfobetaine group, carbonyl betaine group, phosphonobetaine group, quaternary ammonium group, imidazolium beet Hydrophilic groups such as bases, epoxy groups, methanol groups, and methacrylic groups alone; or a combination of these hydrophilic groups. Furthermore, when Y is plural, they may be the same or different. In the structures ZY and YZY, Y is the group bonded to the end of Z or Z. In the case where Y is bonded to the terminal group of Z, the terminal group of Z is bonded to Y by removing, for example, the same number of hydrogen atoms as the number of bonding with Y. In this structure, the hydrophilic groups Y, A, and B are selected from the specifically described groups to satisfy the above-mentioned spreading coefficient, water solubility, and interfacial tension. This shows the target liquid film cracking effect. The above-mentioned liquid film cracking agent is preferably a compound formed by arbitrarily combining the structures represented by the following formulas (12) to (25), which are specific examples of the above-mentioned structures Z, ZY, and YZY. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the cracking effect of the liquid film, it is preferable that the compound has a mass average molecular weight in the above-mentioned range. [化6] In formulas (12) to (25), M 2 , L 2 , R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 represent the following monovalent or multivalent groups (divalent or more than divalent). M 2 represents a group having polyoxyethylene, polyoxyethylene, polyoxyethylene, or a combination of polyoxyethylene groups; or erythritol, xylitol, Hydrophilic groups such as sorbitol groups, glyceryl groups, or glycol groups having multiple hydroxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxylic acid groups, mercapto groups, and alkoxy groups (preferably with a carbon number of 1 to 20. For example, a methoxy group is preferable) , Amine group, amide group, imine group, phenol group, sulfonic acid group, quaternary ammonium group, sultaine group, hydroxy sultaine group, phosphonobetaine group, imidazolium group, carbonyl group Betaine group, epoxy group, methanol group, (meth)acrylic group, or functional group formed by combining them. L 2 represents ether group, amine group, amide group, ester group, carbonyl group, carbonate group, or polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene, polyoxyethylene, or a combination thereof. Bonding groups such as oxyalkylene groups. R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably carbon number 1-20. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl Group, hexyl, heptyl, 2-ethylhexyl, nonyl, decyl), alkoxy (preferably carbon number 1-20. For example, preferably methoxy, ethoxy), aryl (more Preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 6 to 20. For example, a phenyl group, a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a hydrocarbon group formed by a combination thereof, or various substituents of a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom is preferable) are preferable. When R 42 is a polyvalent group, R 42 represents a group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from each of the above-mentioned substituents. Furthermore, other structures can be arbitrarily connected before the bonding bond described in each structure, and a hydrogen atom can also be introduced. Furthermore, as a specific example of the said compound, the following compounds can be mentioned, but it is not limited to these. First, a polyether compound or a nonionic surfactant can be mentioned. Specifically, examples include: polyoxyalkylene (POA) alkyl ethers represented by any one of the formula (V), or polyoxyalkylene dialkylenes with a mass average molecular weight of 1,000 or more represented by the formula (VI) Alcohol, stearyl ether, behenyl ether, PPG myristyl ether, PPG stearyl ether, PPG behenyl ether, etc. As the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether, lauryl ether with POP added with 3 mol or more and 24 mol or less, preferably 5 mol, is preferred. As the polyether compound, polypropylene glycol (PPG) with an addition of 17 mol or more and 180 mol or less, preferably about 50 mol, with a mass average molecular weight of 1,000 to 10,000, preferably 3,000 is preferred. Wait. Furthermore, the measurement of the above-mentioned mass average molecular weight can be performed by the above-mentioned measurement method. The polyether compound or nonionic surfactant is preferably contained in a content ratio (Oil Per Unit) relative to the fiber mass of 0.10% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less. The content ratio (OPU) of the polyether compound or nonionic surfactant is more preferably 1% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.4% by mass or less. In this way, the non-woven fabric has a better tactile feel. In addition, from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting the liquid film cracking effect of the polyether compound or nonionic surfactant, the content ratio (OPU) is more preferably 0.15% by mass or more, and even more preferably 0.2% by mass or more. [化7] [化8] In the formula, L 21 represents ether group, amino group, amide group, ester group, carbonyl group, carbonate group, polyoxyethylene group, polyoxyethylene group, polyoxyethylene group, or a combination thereof The polyoxyalkylene and other bonding groups. R 51 represents a hydrogen atom, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, 2-ethylhexyl, nonyl, decyl, methoxy, ethoxy , Phenyl, fluoroalkyl, aralkyl, or a combination of these and other hydrocarbon groups, or various substituents of fluorine atoms. In addition, a, b, m, and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n represents an alkyl group (n=2m+1), and C a H b represents an alkylene group (a=2b). Furthermore, the number of carbon atoms and the number of hydrogen atoms are determined independently in each of the formulas (V) and (VI), and they do not necessarily represent the same integer, and may be different. Hereinafter, m, m', m", n, n', and n" in formulas (VII) to (XV) are also the same. Furthermore, "m" of -(C a H b O) m -is an integer of 1 or more. The value of the repeating unit is determined independently in each of the formulas (V) and (VI), and does not necessarily represent the same integer, and may be different. Regarding the spreading coefficient, surface tension, and water solubility of the above-mentioned second embodiment, in the case of a polyether compound or a nonionic surfactant, it can be set to a specific range, for example, according to the number of moles of the polyoxyalkylene group, etc. . From this viewpoint, it is preferable that the molar number of the polyoxyalkylene group is 1 or more and 70 or less. By setting it to 1 or more, the above-mentioned liquid film cracking effect can be fully exerted. From this viewpoint, the number of moles is more preferably 5 or more, and still more preferably 7 or more. On the other hand, the number of added moles is preferably 70 or less, more preferably 60 or less, and still more preferably 50 or less. Thereby, the connection of the molecular chain is weakened moderately, and the diffusibility in the liquid film is excellent, which is preferable. In addition, the above-mentioned spreading coefficient, surface tension, interfacial tension and water solubility can be set to specific ranges in the case of polyether compounds or non-ionic surfactants respectively by the following methods: and using water-soluble polyoxygen Ethylene and water-insoluble polyoxypropylene and polyoxyethylene; change the chain length of the hydrocarbon chain; use the hydrocarbon chain with branch; use the hydrocarbon chain with double bond; use the hydrocarbon chain with benzene ring or Those with naphthalene ring; or appropriate combination of the above. Secondly, hydrocarbon compounds having 5 or more carbon atoms can be cited. From the viewpoint that the liquid is easier to expand on the surface of the liquid film, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 100 or less, and more preferably 50 or less. The hydrocarbon compound excluding polyorganosiloxane is not limited to a straight chain, but may be a branched chain, and the chain is not particularly limited to a saturated chain or an unsaturated chain. In addition, it may have substituents such as esters or ethers in the middle and at the ends. Among them, those that are liquid at room temperature may preferably be used alone. The hydrocarbon compound is preferably contained in a content ratio (Oil Per Unit) relative to the fiber mass of 0.1% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less. The content ratio (OPU) of the hydrocarbon compound is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.99% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.4% by mass or less. In this way, the non-woven fabric has a better tactile feel. In addition, from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting the liquid film cracking effect based on the content ratio of the hydrocarbon compound, the content ratio (OPU) is more preferably 0.15 mass% or more, and more preferably 0.2 mass% or more. Examples of the hydrocarbon compound include oil or fat, such as natural oil or natural fat. Specific examples include coconut oil, camellia oil, castor oil, coconut palm oil, corn oil, olive oil, sunflower oil, tall oil, and mixtures thereof. In addition, fatty acids represented by the formula (VII), such as caprylic acid, capric acid, oleic acid, lauric acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, myristic acid, behenic acid, and mixtures thereof, can be cited. [化9] In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n represents the hydrocarbon group of each of the above-mentioned fatty acids. As examples of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted polyhydric alcohol fatty acid esters or mixtures of polyhydric alcohol fatty acid esters, such as formula (VIII-I) or (VIII-II) The glycerol fatty acid ester or pentaerythritol fatty acid ester represented by) specifically includes glyceryl tricaprylate, glyceryl tripalmitate, and mixtures thereof. Furthermore, the mixture of glycerol fatty acid esters or pentaerythritol fatty acid esters typically includes several monoesters, diesters, and triesters. As a preferable example of glycerin fatty acid ester, glycerin tricaprylate, a mixture of glycerin tricaprylate, etc. are mentioned. In addition, from the viewpoint of lowering the interfacial tension and obtaining a higher spread coefficient, polyol fatty acid esters in which polyoxyalkylene groups are introduced to the extent that water insolubility can be maintained can also be used. [化10] [化11] In the formula, m, m', m", n, n', and n" are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plural m and the plural n may be the same or different from each other. Here, C m H n, C m 'H n' and C m '' H n '' each represent a hydrocarbon group of a fatty acid. As an example of a fatty acid or a fatty acid mixture in which a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated fatty acid forms an ester with a polyhydric alcohol having multiple hydroxyl groups, and a part of the hydroxyl groups is not esterified but remains, the following examples include: Any one, any one of formula (X), or any one of formula (XI) represented by glycerin fatty acid ester, or a partial ester product of sorbitan fatty acid ester and pentaerythritol fatty acid ester. Specifically, examples include: ethylene glycol monomyristate, ethylene glycol dimyristate, ethylene glycol palmitate, ethylene glycol dipalmitate, glyceryl dimyristate, glycerol dipalmitate Acid ester, glycerol monooleate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan dioleate, sorbitan tristearate, pentaerythritol monostearate, pentaerythritol Dilaurate, pentaerythritol tristearate, and mixtures thereof, etc. Furthermore, a mixture containing glycerin fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, pentaerythritol fatty acid esters, etc., partially esterified compounds, typically contains several fully esterified compounds. [化12] In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plural m and the plural n may be the same or different from each other. Here, C m H n represents the hydrocarbon group of each of the above-mentioned fatty acids. [化13] In the formula, R 52 represents a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, etc.) having 2 or more and 22 or less carbon atoms. Specifically, 2-ethylhexyl, lauryl, myristyl, palmityl, stearyl, behenyl, oleyl, linseed, etc. can be mentioned. [化14] In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plural m and the plural n may be the same or different from each other. Here, C m H n represents the hydrocarbon group of each of the above-mentioned fatty acids. In addition, sterols, phytosterols, and sterol derivatives can be cited. Specific examples include cholesterol, sitosterol, stigmasterol, ergosterol, and mixtures thereof having a sterol structure of formula (XII). [化15] Specific examples of alcohols include lauryl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, cetearyl alcohol, behenyl alcohol, and mixtures thereof as represented by formula (XIII). [化16] In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n represents the hydrocarbon group of each of the above-mentioned alcohols. Specific examples of fatty acid esters include: isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, cetyl ethylhexanoate, glyceryl triisocaprylate, and octyl myristate represented by formula (XIV) Lauryl ester, ethylhexyl palmitate, ethylhexyl stearate, butyl stearate, myristyl myristate, stearyl stearate, cholesteryl isostearate and the like And other mixtures and so on. [化17] In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, the two C m H n may be the same or different. C m H n -COO- C m H n denotes the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group for each of the fatty acid. -COOC m H n C m H n represents the hydrocarbon group of the alcohol from the ester formed. In addition, as specific examples of waxes, ceresin, paraffin, petrolatum, mineral oil, fluid isoparaffin, and the like represented by the formula (XV) can be cited. [化18] In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Regarding the spread coefficient, surface tension, water solubility, and interfacial tension of the above-mentioned second embodiment, in the case of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon compounds with 5 or more carbon atoms, they can be set to specific ranges by the following methods: for example, a small amount Introduce hydrophilic polyoxyethylene to the extent that it can maintain water insolubility; introduce hydrophobic polyoxypropylene or polyoxyethylene butyl which can reduce the interfacial tension; change the chain length of the hydrocarbon chain; The hydrocarbon chain has a branch; the hydrocarbon chain has a double bond; the hydrocarbon chain has a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring. In addition to the above-mentioned liquid film cracking agent, the non-woven fabric of the present invention may also contain other ingredients as needed. In addition, the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment and the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment may be used in combination of the two agents in addition to the respective forms used. This aspect is also the same for the first compound and the second compound in the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment. Furthermore, when identifying the liquid film cracking agent or phosphate type anionic surfactant contained in the non-woven fabric of the present invention, the surface of the liquid film (liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m) can be used. The identification method described in the measurement method of tension (γw). In addition, when the composition of the liquid film cracking agent is a compound having a silicone chain in the main chain or a hydrocarbon compound having 1 or more and 20 carbon atoms, the content ratio of the liquid film cracking agent to the fiber mass (OPU) can be It is determined by the following method: Based on the mass of the substance obtained by the above analysis method, the content of the liquid film cracking agent is divided by the mass of the fiber. The non-woven fabric of the present invention has high liquid permeability regardless of the thickness of the fibers or the distance between the fibers. However, the non-woven fabric of the present invention is particularly effective when finer fibers are used. If thinner fibers are used to make a non-woven fabric with a softer touch than usual, the distance between the fibers will decrease and the narrow areas between the fibers will increase. For example, in the case of a commonly used nonwoven fabric (fineness of 2.4 dtex), the distance between the fibers is 120 μm, and the area ratio of the formed liquid film becomes about 2.6%. However, if the fineness is reduced to 1.2 dtex, the distance between the fibers is 85 μm, and the area ratio of the liquid film becomes about 3 times that of the normal nonwoven fabric, which is about 7.8%. On the other hand, the liquid film cracking agent of the present invention can surely crack the liquid film frequently and reduce the liquid residue. As described below, the liquid film area ratio is the liquid film area ratio calculated by image analysis derived from the surface of the non-woven fabric, and is closely related to the liquid remaining state on the outermost surface of the surface material. Therefore, if the area ratio of the liquid film decreases, the liquid in the vicinity of the skin is removed, and the comfort after excretion is improved, making it an absorbent article with a good wearing feeling even after excretion. On the other hand, the remaining amount of liquid below means the amount of liquid retained by the entire non-woven fabric. If the area ratio of the liquid film is small, although the ratio is not uniform, the residual liquid is reduced. In addition, the whiteness of the surface is expressed by the following L value. The L value tends to increase due to the rupture of the liquid film on the surface and the decrease in the amount of liquid remaining, which makes it easy to be visually white and conspicuous. The non-woven fabric containing the liquid film cracking agent of the present invention can reduce the area ratio of the liquid film and the residual amount of liquid, and increase the L value, even if the fibers are thinned. Therefore, it can achieve a high level of dryness and imparting by thinning the fibers. The soft skin touch. In addition, by using the non-woven fabric of the present invention as the surface material of an absorbent article and other constituent members, it is possible to provide an absorbent article that has a high dryness in the part in contact with the skin and is visually whitish. Contamination caused by body fluids is not easy to be noticeable, so it achieves a comfortable wearing feeling that also suppresses the worry of leakage. Regarding the non-woven fabric containing the liquid film cracking agent, from the viewpoint of improving the softness of the skin touch, the inter-fiber distance of the non-woven fabric is preferably 150 μm or less, more preferably 90 μm or less. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 50 μm or more, and more preferably 70 μm or more from the viewpoint of suppressing the loss of liquid permeability due to excessive narrowing between fibers. Specifically, it is preferably 50 μm or more and 150 μm or less, and more preferably 70 μm or more and 90 μm or less. In this case, the fineness of the above-mentioned fiber is preferably 3.3 dtex or less, more preferably 2.4 dtex or less. In addition, the lower limit is preferably 0.5 dtex or more, and more preferably 1 dtex or more. Specifically, it is preferably 0.5 dtex or more and 3.3 dtex or less, and more preferably 1 dtex or more and 2.4 dtex or less. (Method for measuring the distance between fibers) The distance between fibers is determined by measuring the thickness of the nonwoven fabric to be measured in the following manner, and inserting the following formula (2) into it. First, cut the non-woven fabric to be measured into 50 mm in the length direction × 50 mm in the width direction to produce a cut sheet of the non-woven fabric. When the non-woven fabric of the measurement object is incorporated into absorbent articles such as sanitary products or disposable diapers, etc., when the cut sheet of the size is not obtained, the cut sheet is cut to the maximum size obtained. The thickness of the cut sheet was measured under a pressure of 49 Pa. The temperature of the measurement environment is 20±2°C, the relative humidity is 65±5%, and the measurement device uses a microscope (manufactured by KEYENCE Co., Ltd., VHX-1000). First, an enlarged photograph of the cross-section of the non-woven fabric is obtained. In the enlarged photo, the known size is displayed at the same time. The thickness of the non-woven fabric was measured by comparing the enlarged photograph of the cross-section of the non-woven fabric with the scale. Perform the above operation 3 times, and set the average value of the 3 times as the thickness of the non-woven fabric in the dry state [mm]. Furthermore, in the case of laminated products, the thickness is calculated by identifying the boundary based on the fiber diameter. Then, the inter-fiber distance of the fiber constituting the nonwoven fabric to be measured is obtained by the equation based on Wrotnowski's assumption shown below. The formula based on Wrotnowski's assumption is usually used when calculating the inter-fiber distance of the fibers constituting the non-woven fabric. According to the formula based on Wrotnowski's assumption, the distance between fibers A (μm) is based on the thickness h (mm) of the non-woven fabric, the basis weight e (g/m 2 ), the fiber diameter d (μm) of the fibers constituting the non-woven fabric, and the fiber density ρ (g/cm 3 ) is calculated by the following equation (2). In addition, in the case of unevenness, the non-woven fabric thickness h (mm) of the protrusions is used as a representative value for calculation. The fiber diameter d (μm) was measured using a scanning electron microscope (DSC6200 manufactured by Seiko Instruments Co., Ltd.), and the fiber section of 10 cut fibers was measured, and the average value thereof was taken as the fiber diameter. The fiber density ρ (g/cm 3 ) is measured using a density gradient tube and measured in accordance with the measurement method of the density gradient tube method described in JIS L1015 Chemical Fiber Short Fiber Test Method. The basis weight e (g/m 2 ) is to cut the non-woven fabric of the measuring object into specific (0.12 m×0.06 m, etc.) dimensions. After the mass measurement, use "mass ÷ area calculated from the specific size = basis weight ( g/m 2 )" to calculate the basis weight. [Number 1] (Method for measuring the fineness of constituent fibers) While measuring the cross-sectional shape of the fiber with an electron microscope, etc., the cross-sectional area of the fiber (if it is a fiber made of multiple resins, the cross-sectional area of each resin component) is measured by DSC (differential scanning calorimetry, differential thermal analysis device) specifies the type of resin (in the case of multiple resins, the approximate composition ratio is also specified), and the specific gravity is calculated to calculate the fineness. For example, if it is a short fiber composed only of PET (polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene terephthalate), first observe the cross section and calculate the cross-sectional area. After that, by measuring with DSC, it was identified from the melting point or peak shape that it was composed of a single-component resin and that it was a PET core. Thereafter, the density and cross-sectional area of the PET resin are used to calculate the fiber mass, thereby calculating the fineness. As the fibers constituting the non-woven fabric of the present invention, those commonly used for such articles can be used without particular limitation. Examples include: heat-fusible core-sheath composite fibers, heat-extensible fibers, non-heat-extensible fibers, heat-shrinkable fibers, non-heat-shrinkable fibers, three-dimensional crimped fibers, latent crimpable fibers, hollow fibers, etc. fiber. In particular, it is preferable to have a thermoplastic resin. Moreover, it is preferable that the non-heat-extensible fiber and the non-heat-shrinkable fiber have heat-fusion property. The core-sheath composite fiber can be a concentric core-sheath type, an eccentric core-sheath type, a side by side type, or a special shape, preferably a concentric core-sheath type. In the production of the fiber and non-woven fabric, the liquid film cracking agent, or the liquid film cracking agent and the phosphate type anionic surfactant can be contained in the fiber in any step. For example, a liquid film cracking agent or a mixture of a liquid film cracking agent and a phosphoric acid type anionic surfactant can be formulated in a spinning finish for fibers commonly used in spinning of fibers for coating; A liquid film cracking agent or a mixture of a liquid film cracking agent and a phosphoric acid type anionic surfactant is mixed with the fiber finishing oil before and after stretching and then applied. In addition, a liquid film cracking agent or an anionic surfactant of the phosphate ester type can be formulated in a fiber treatment agent generally used in the manufacture of non-woven fabrics and coated on the fibers, or it can be coated after non-woven fabrics. Since the non-woven fabric of the present invention contains a liquid film cracking agent or further contains a phosphate-type anionic surfactant, it is suitable for various fiber structures and has excellent liquid residue suppression. Therefore, even if the non-woven fabric is sprayed with a large amount of liquid, the passage of liquid between the fibers is always ensured, and the liquid permeability is excellent. Thereby, it is not limited by the distance between fibers and the formation of liquid film, and various functions can be imparted to the non-woven fabric. For example, it may include one layer, or it may include two or more layers. In addition, the shape of the non-woven fabric can be flat, or it can be provided with unevenness on one side or both sides, and the basis weight or density of the fiber can be changed in various ways. When a liquid film cracking agent is applied to a non-woven fabric having a concavo-convex shape including convex portions and concave portions, the liquid film cracking agent may be contained in the pattern shown in FIGS. 1 to 3 or any other pattern. Generally speaking, if the surface liquid flow of a film sheet with no voids on the surface and a non-woven sheet with voids on the surface are compared, when the whole of the sheet is hydrophilic, the non-woven sheet is regarded as the whole sheet Realize more hydrophilic performance, and the liquid flow is shorter than the membrane sheet. On the other hand, when the whole of the sheet is hydrophobic, the non-woven fabric sheet exhibits more hydrophobic performance as the whole of the sheet, and the liquid flow becomes longer than that of the film sheet. It is based on the theory of Cassie-Baxter (Tsujii Kaoru, "Super Water Repellent and Super Hydrophilic-Its Structure and Application -", Yoneda Publishing, 2009 first edition, recorded in p38). With regard to this tendency, compared with the case of a flat non-woven fabric, it is more remarkably generated in the case of a non-woven fabric with a concave-convex shape. Therefore, in the case of the uneven non-woven fabric, the present invention exerts a significant effect of a relatively flat non-woven fabric. When the non-woven fabric having the uneven shape contains a liquid film cracking agent, the top of the convex portion may contain the liquid film cracking agent and the containing portion may be arranged, and the bottom of the concave portion may not contain the liquid film cracking agent and the non-containing portion may be arranged. At this time, there is a pattern in which the top of the convex portion has the containing portion, the bottom of the concave portion has a pattern of the non-containing portion, the convex portion matches the containing portion, and the concave portion corresponds to the non-containing portion pattern. Thereby, a high level of liquid residue reduction can be achieved by using the convex part that is easy to contact with the skin, and even if the uneven non-woven fabric is used, the liquid flow prevention of the surface can be improved. In addition, when the coating pattern is applied to a non-woven fabric having a concave-convex shape by a printing method such as a flexographic printing method, the convex portion will contact the printing roller, so from the viewpoint of the manufacturing method Also better. When the convex portion and the containing portion are the same, the pattern of the containing portion of the non-woven fabric shown in Figs. 9-11 is the same or similar to that of Fig. 3-1(B). Similarly, the pattern of the nonwoven containing portion shown in Figures 12-14 is the same or similar to that of Figure 1 or Figure 3-1(A), and the pattern of the nonwoven containing portion shown in Figure 16 is the same as that of Figure 3-2 (D) The same or similar ones. Furthermore, the non-woven fabric of the present invention has excellent liquid permeability due to the action of the liquid film cracking agent, and therefore, the range of options for the combination with the absorbent body is expanded. In addition, when the non-woven fabric of the present invention includes a plurality of layers, the liquid film cracking agent may be contained in all the layers, or may be contained in a part of the layers. It is preferably contained at least in the layer on the side directly receiving the liquid. For example, when the nonwoven fabric of the present invention is used as a top sheet of an absorbent article, it is preferable to contain a liquid film cracking agent at least in the layer on the skin contact surface side. The non-woven fabric of the present invention preferably has a liquid film cracking agent locally present near at least a part of fiber entanglement points or near fiber fusion points. The "local presence" of the liquid film cracking agent here does not mean that the liquid film cracking agent is evenly attached to the entire surface of the fibers constituting the non-woven fabric, but refers to the state in which the liquid film cracking agent is compared to the surface of each fiber It tends to adhere to the vicinity of the fiber entanglement point or the fiber fusion point. Specifically, it can be defined as: The concentration of the liquid film cracking agent near the intersection or the fusion point is higher than that of the fiber surface (the fiber surface between the intersection or the fusion point). At this time, the liquid film cracking agent existing near the fiber entanglement point or near the fiber fusion point can also be attached in a manner such that the fiber entanglement point or the fiber fusion point is the center and the space between the fibers is partially covered. The concentration of the liquid film cracking agent near the intersection or fusion point is the more concentrated the better. The concentration varies according to the type of liquid film cracking agent used, the type of fiber used, the ratio of effective ingredients when mixed with other agents, etc., so it cannot be determined uniformly, but the above-mentioned liquid film is used. From the viewpoint of cracking effect, it can be appropriately determined. Since the liquid film cracking agent is locally present, it becomes easier to exhibit the liquid film cracking effect. That is, the vicinity of the fiber entanglement point or the fiber fusion point is a position where the liquid film is particularly likely to be generated. Therefore, by allowing more liquid film cracking agent to exist in this position, it becomes easy to directly act on the liquid film. As mentioned above, the local presence of the liquid film cracking agent is preferably generated by more than 30% near the fiber entanglement point or near the fiber fusion point of the entire non-woven fabric, more preferably more than 40%, and more preferably more than 50% produce. In non-woven fabrics, when the distance between fiber entanglement points or fiber fusion points is relatively short, the space between the fibers is small and liquid film is particularly prone to occur. Therefore, if the liquid film cracking agent is selectively and locally present near the fiber entanglement point or near the fiber fusion point when the space between the fibers is small, the liquid film cracking effect is particularly effective, which is preferable. In addition, in the case of selective local presence as described above, the liquid film cracking agent is preferably to increase the coverage rate of the relatively small inter-fiber space and increase the coverage rate of the relatively large inter-fiber space Become smaller. Thereby, while maintaining the liquid permeability in the non-woven fabric, it can effectively express the cracking effect of the part where the capillary force is large and the liquid film is easy to generate, so that the liquid residue reduction effect of the whole non-woven fabric becomes higher. Here, the "relatively small inter-fiber space" refers to an inter-fiber space having an inter-fiber distance of 1/2 or less with respect to the inter-fiber distance obtained by the above-mentioned (Measurement Method of Inter-fiber Distance). (Method for confirming the local state of the liquid film cracking agent) The local state of the above-mentioned liquid film cracking agent can be confirmed by the following method. First, cut the non-woven fabric into 5 mm×5 mm, and install it on the sample table using a carbon ribbon. The sample stage was placed in a scanning electron microscope (S4300SE/N, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) without vapor deposition, and set to a low vacuum or vacuum state. Because the ring-shaped reflective electron detector (accessory) is used for detection, the larger the atomic number, the easier it is to release the reflected electrons. Therefore, the coating contains more atomic number than the main constituent polyethylene (PE) or polypropylene (PP) Or part of the liquid film cracking agent of polyester (PET) carbon atoms, hydrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, or silicon atoms appears whitish, so the localized state can be confirmed by the whitishness. Furthermore, with regard to its whiteness, the greater the atomic number or the greater the amount of adhesion, the more the whiteness will increase. In addition, when manufacturing the non-woven fabric of the present invention, a method commonly used for such articles can be used. For example, as a method of forming a fiber web, a carding method, an airlaid method, a spunbond method, etc. can be used. As the non-woven fabric method of the fiber web, various non-woven fabric methods commonly used such as spunlace method, needle punch method, chemical bonding, dot embossing processing, etc. can be used. Among them, from the viewpoint of skin touch, hot-air nonwoven fabrics and spunbonded nonwoven fabrics are preferred. The term "hot-air nonwoven fabric" here refers to a non-woven fabric manufactured through a step (hot-air treatment) of blowing a fluid above 50°C, such as gas or water vapor, to the fiber web or non-woven fabric. In addition, "spunbond non-woven fabric" refers to laminated non-woven fabrics manufactured by the spunbond method. It not only refers to the non-woven fabric manufactured by using this step, but also includes the non-woven fabric manufactured by adding this step to the non-woven fabric manufactured by other methods, or the non-woven fabric manufactured by performing some steps after this step. In addition, the non-woven fabric of the present invention is not limited to those composed only of hot-air non-woven fabrics or spunbonded non-woven fabrics, and includes composites of hot-air non-woven fabrics, spun-bonded non-woven fabrics, and other non-woven fabrics and other fibrous sheets or films. In the method of manufacturing the non-woven fabric of the present invention, when the liquid film cracking agent is applied after non-woven fabric as described above, a method of immersing the raw non-woven fabric in a solution containing the liquid film cracking agent can be cited. Examples of the above-mentioned solution include a solution obtained by diluting a liquid film cracking agent with a solvent (hereinafter, this solution is also referred to as a liquid film cracking agent solution). Examples of the solvent for dilution include alcohols such as ethanol. Moreover, as another method, the method of applying a liquid film cracking agent alone or a solution containing the above-mentioned liquid film cracking agent to the raw nonwoven fabric can be cited. Furthermore, it is also possible to mix a phosphate type anionic surfactant in the solution containing the above-mentioned liquid film cracking agent. In this case, the content ratio of the liquid film cracking agent to the phosphate type anionic surfactant is preferably as described above. As the above-mentioned solvent, a liquid film cracking agent with extremely low water solubility can be suitably dissolved or dispersed in a solvent and emulsified so that it can be easily applied to a non-woven fabric. For example, as a liquid film cracking agent, organic solvents such as ethanol, methanol, acetone, hexane can be used, or when it is made into an emulsified liquid, of course, water can also be used as a solvent or dispersion medium for emulsification. The emulsifier used includes various surfactants including alkyl phosphate, fatty amide, alkyl betaine, sodium alkyl sulfosuccinate, and the like. In addition, the so-called raw material nonwoven fabric refers to the one before the coating liquid film cracking agent, and as the production method thereof, the production method generally used as described above can be used without particular limitation. As a method of coating the above-mentioned raw non-woven fabric, a manufacturing method that can be used for the non-woven fabric can be used without particular limitation. Examples include: coating by spray, coating by slit coater, coating by gravure method, flexographic method, dipping method, etc. From the viewpoint that the liquid film cracking agent is locally present near the fiber entanglement point or fiber fusion point mentioned above, it is preferably applied to the raw non-woven fabric after non-woven fabricization, and more preferably applied to the raw non-woven fabric without impregnation. method. Among the coating methods, from the viewpoint of making the localization of the liquid film cracking agent more obvious, the coating method using a flexographic method is particularly preferred. In addition, as the raw material non-woven fabric, various non-woven fabrics can be used without particular limitation. Especially from the viewpoint of maintaining the local presence of the liquid film cracking agent, it is preferable to heat fusion or thermocompression at the fiber intersection points, and it is more preferable to use the above-mentioned hot air treatment or hot embossing to connect the fibers to each other. Non-woven fabric obtained by thermal bonding. When the liquid film cracking agent is attached to the fibers, it is preferably used in the form of a fiber treatment agent containing the liquid film cracking agent. The solution containing the liquid film cracking agent can also be prepared in advance as a separate solution in the form of a fiber treatment agent. The so-called "fiber treatment agent" described here refers to the following, that is, the use of water and surfactants to emulsify an oily liquid film cracking agent with extremely low water solubility, etc., to make it easy to coat the raw non-woven fabric or fiber The state of processing. In the fiber treatment agent used for coating the liquid film cracking agent, the content of the liquid film cracking agent is preferably 50% by mass or less with respect to the mass of the fiber treatment agent. Thereby, the fiber treatment agent can be in a state where the liquid film cracking agent, which becomes an oily component, is stably emulsified in the solvent. From the viewpoint of stable emulsification, the content ratio of the liquid film cracking agent is more preferably 40% by mass or less, and more preferably 30% by mass or less relative to the mass of the fiber treatment agent. In addition, from the viewpoint that the liquid film cracking agent moves on the fibers at a moderate viscosity after application to realize the localization of the liquid film cracking agent in the non-woven fabric described above, it is preferable to set the above-mentioned content ratio. Regarding the content ratio of the liquid film cracking agent, from the viewpoint of exhibiting a sufficient liquid film cracking effect, it is preferably 5% by mass or more relative to the mass of the fiber treatment agent, more preferably 15% by mass or more, and still more preferable It is 25% by mass or more. Furthermore, the fiber treatment agent containing the liquid film cracking agent may also contain other agents within a range that does not inhibit the action of the liquid film cracking agent. For example, the above-mentioned phosphate type anionic surfactant may also be contained. In this case, the content ratio of the liquid film cracking agent to the phosphate type anionic surfactant is preferably as described above. In addition, it may also contain antistatic agents or friction-resistant agents used in fiber processing, hydrophilizing agents that impart moderate hydrophilicity to the non-woven fabric, and emulsifiers that impart emulsion stability. As a preferred embodiment of the non-woven fabric of the present invention, specific examples of those having uneven shapes will be described. For example, the one shown in FIG. 9 (first embodiment) using heat-shrinkable fiber can be mentioned. The non-woven fabric 10 shown in Fig. 9 includes the following two layers, namely the upper layer 11 on the upper surface 1A (the skin contact surface when the front sheet is made), and the lower surface 1B (the non-skin contact when the front sheet is made) Face) side lower layer 12. In addition, embossing (pushing) is performed in the thickness direction from the upper surface 1A to join two layers (the embossed portion is referred to as an embossed recess (concave-shaped joining portion) 13). The lower layer 12 is a layer that exhibits heat shrinkage of heat shrinkable fibers. The upper layer 11 is a layer containing non-heat-shrinkable fibers, and the non-heat-shrinkable fibers are partially joined by the concave joining portion 13. The non-heat-shrinkable fibers are not limited to those that do not shrink by heating at all, and include those that shrink so as not to hinder the heat shrinkage of the heat-shrinkable fibers of the lower layer 12. As the non-heat-shrinkable fiber, from the viewpoint of non-woven fabrication by heat, a non-heat-shrinkable heat-fusion fiber is preferable. The non-woven fabric 10 can be manufactured, for example, by the raw materials and manufacturing methods described in paragraphs [0032] to [0048] of JP 2002-187228 A. In this production, for example, after embossing the laminate of the upper layer 11 and the lower layer 12 from the upper layer side 11, the heat-shrinkable fiber is heat-shrinked by heat treatment. At this time, the adjacent embossed portions due to the shrinkage of the fiber are drawn together and the distance between each other is reduced. With this deformation, the fibers of the upper layer 11 bulge on the upper surface 1A side with the embossed recesses 13 as the base point, thereby forming the protrusions 14. Alternatively, the lower layer 12 exhibiting heat shrinkage is laminated on the upper layer in an extended state, and then the embossing process described above is performed. After that, when the extended state of the lower layer 12 is released, the upper layer 11 swells on the upper surface 1A side to form the convex portion 14. As the embossing process, a commonly used method such as hot embossing or ultrasonic embossing can be used. In addition, regarding the joining of the two layers, a joining method using an adhesive may also be used. Regarding the nonwoven fabric 10 manufactured in the above-mentioned manner, the upper layer 11 is pressed to the lower layer side 12 in the embossed recessed portion (concave-shaped joining portion) 13 to be joined. The embossed recesses 13 are formed in a scattered manner in the planar direction of the non-woven fabric 10, and the portion surrounded by the embossed recesses 13 is the raised portion 14 of the upper layer 11 mentioned above. The convex portion 14 has a three-dimensional shape, such as a dome shape. The convex portion 14 formed by the above-mentioned manufacturing method is in a state where the fiber is thicker than the lower layer 12. The inside of the convex portion 14 may also be filled with fibers as shown in FIG. 9, and may have a hollow portion separated from the upper layer 11 and the lower layer 12. The arrangement of the embossed concave portion 13 and the convex portion 14 may be arbitrary, and for example, may be a lattice arrangement. As the grid arrangement, a plurality of rows including a plurality of embossed recesses 13 are arranged, and the interval of the embossed recesses 13 in each row is shifted by a half pitch between adjacent rows. In addition, the top view shape of the embossed recesses 13 may be circular, elliptical, triangular, square, or other polygonal shapes when arranged in dots, and can be set arbitrarily as appropriate. Moreover, the embossed recessed part 13 may be arrange|positioned linearly in addition to the point-like arrangement. The non-woven fabric 10 has a concave-convex surface on the upper surface 1A side. The concave-convex surface has convex portions 14 and embossed concave portions 13. Therefore, the non-woven fabric 10 has excellent shape recovery when extended in the plane direction and compressive deformation when compressed in the thickness direction. In addition, it becomes a relatively bulky non-woven fabric due to the uplift of the fibers of the upper layer 11 described above. Thereby, the user who is in contact with the non-woven fabric 10 can feel a soft and comfortable skin touch. In addition, regarding the absorbent article incorporating the non-woven fabric 10 as a front sheet with the upper surface 10A as the skin contact surface and the lower surface 1B as the non-skin contact surface, the skin has the unevenness of the convex portion 14 and the embossed concave portion 13 The abutting surface side becomes excellent in air permeability. In addition, the non-woven fabric 10 reduces the amount of liquid remaining due to the action of the liquid film cracking agent described above, or the synergistic action of the liquid film cracking agent and the phosphate type anionic surfactant. As a result, the liquid permeability of the denser part of the embossing surface and the concave-convex surface can be further improved. In addition, the nonwoven fabric 10 is not limited to the two-layer structure of the upper layer 11 and the lower layer 12, and may further have other layers. For example, a single layer or multiple layers may be arranged between the upper layer 11 and the lower layer 12, or a single layer or multiple layers may be arranged on the upper surface 10A side and the lower surface 10B side of the non-woven fabric 10. The single layer or multiple layers may be a layer with heat-shrinkable fibers, or may be a layer with non-heat-shrinkable fibers. As another specific example of the non-woven fabric of the present invention in the uneven shape, the non-woven fabrics 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70 (second to seventh embodiments) are shown below. First, the nonwoven fabric 20 of the second embodiment has a two-layer structure having a hollow portion 21 as shown in FIG. 10. Both layers contain thermoplastic fibers. The non-woven fabric 20 has a joint 22 formed by partially thermally fusing the first non-woven fabric 20A and the second non-woven fabric 20B. In the non-joined part surrounded by the joint 22, the first non-woven fabric 20A has a plurality of convex parts 23 that protrude in a direction away from the second non-woven fabric 20B, and has a hollow part 21 inside. The joining portion 22 is a concave portion located between the adjacent convex portions 23 and 23, and together with the convex portion 23, constitutes the concavity and convexity of the first surface 1A. The non-woven fabric 20 can be formed by a commonly used method. For example, after the first non-woven fabric 20A is formed with concave and convex shapes by the meshing of two concave-convex rollers, the second non-woven fabric is bonded to obtain the non-woven fabric 20. From the viewpoint of shaping the non-woven fabric by the engagement of the concave-convex rollers, both the first non-woven fabric 20A and the second non-woven fabric 20B preferably include non-heat-extensible and non-heat-shrinkable thermally fused fibers. For example, when the nonwoven fabric 20 is used as a surface sheet with the first surface 1A facing the skin contact surface side and used on an absorbent body, the liquid permeability from the first surface 1A side to the second surface 1B side is excellent. Specifically, the liquid passes through the hollow portion 21. In addition, the wearer's body pressure is applied to the convex portion 23, and the liquid present in the convex portion 23 directly moves to the second non-woven fabric 3. Thereby, less liquid remains on the side of the first surface 1A. This effect can be continuously exerted at a higher level by the action of the above-mentioned liquid film cracking agent, or the synergistic effect of the liquid film cracking agent and the phosphate type anionic surfactant. That is, even when used for a long time or when a large amount of liquid is discharged, since the liquid film is broken to ensure a liquid permeation path, the liquid permeability as described above can be fully exhibited. Then, the non-woven fabric 30 of the third embodiment has a first fiber layer 301 that contains thermoplastic fibers and is provided with irregularities on both surfaces as shown in FIGS. 11(A) and (B). FIG. 11(A) shows a non-woven fabric 30A of a one-layer structure composed of only the first fiber layer 301. FIG. 11(B) shows a nonwoven fabric 30B of a two-layer structure having a first fiber layer 301 and a second fiber layer 302 joined along the second surface 1B side of the first fiber layer 301. Hereinafter, each nonwoven fabric will be specifically described. The non-woven fabric 30A (first fiber layer 301) shown in FIG. 11(A) is when the first protrusion 31 protruding from the first surface 1A and the second protrusion 32 protruding from the second surface 1B side are viewed in a plan view of the non-woven fabric 30A It is arranged alternately and continuously in different directions of the crossing. The first protruding portion 31 and the second protruding portion 32 have internal spaces that are open on the opposite surface sides of each, and this portion forms the recesses 33 and 34 in the surface. Thereby, the first surface 1A is the concave-convex shape of the first protruding portion 31 and the concave portion 34. In addition, the second surface 1B is the uneven shape of the second protrusion 32 and the recess 33. In addition, the nonwoven fabric 30A has a wall 35 connecting the first protrusion 31 and the second protrusion 32. The wall part 35 forms the wall surface of the internal space of each of the 1st protrusion part 31 and the 2nd protrusion part 32, and has a ring structure in a planar direction. The fibers constituting the wall portion 35 have fiber orientation in the direction connecting the first protrusion 31 and the second protrusion 32 at any position of the ring structure. As a result, toughness is generated in the wall. As a result, the non-woven fabric 30A has appropriate cushioning properties, has excellent recovery properties even when pressure is applied, and can avoid the collapse of each internal space. In addition, due to the protruding on both sides, the dispersibility of body pressure is high, and the contact area is also suppressed, so the skin feels soft and has excellent liquid return prevention properties. The non-woven fabric 30A can be used as a front sheet of an absorbent article by setting either side as the skin-contacting side, and can provide the absorbent article with appropriate cushioning properties, soft skin touch, and excellent low liquid return performance. The nonwoven fabric 30B shown in FIG. 11(B) is formed by arranging and joining the second fiber layer 302 along the irregularities on the second surface 1B side of the first fiber layer 301 described above. This nonwoven fabric 30B is typically used with the first surface 1A as the skin contact surface. On the first surface 1A side of the non-woven fabric 30B, the concave-convex shapes of the first protrusion 31 and the recess 34 of the first fiber layer 301 described above are expanded, and the wall portion of the ring structure between the first protrusion 31 and the recess 32 is arranged 35. Therefore, the non-woven fabric 30B also has the fiber orientation of the above-mentioned first fiber layer 301, whereby the wall portion has toughness and the unevenness recovery is excellent. In addition, the non-woven fabric 30B is processed by hot-air treatment in a hot-air step to shape the fiber web, non-woven fabric, and join the two layers, so that it becomes bulky as a whole and has a low weight per unit area. In particular, the joining of the two fiber layers 301 and 302 is joined by thermal fusion of the fibers with hot air. Therefore, a gap is formed between the fibers of the joining portion between the fiber layers, even if it is the concave portion 32 that becomes the joining portion, the flow rate is It is also faster. In addition, the fiber density of the second fiber layer 302 on the second surface 1B side of the top of the first protrusion 31 of the first fiber layer 301 is lower than the fiber density of the other parts of the first fiber layer 301 and the second fiber layer 302的部36。 The part 36. Due to the presence of the portion 36 with a low fiber density, the first protrusion 31 of the first fiber layer 301 is easily dented even with a low load, so that the cushioning properties of the non-woven fabric 30B can be improved. When the nonwoven fabric 30B is used as a surface sheet of an absorbent article, it is preferable that the first surface 1A side (that is, the first fiber layer 301 side) be the skin contact surface side. In the non-woven fabric 30 (30A and 30B), the liquid film cracking agent described above, or the synergistic effect of the liquid film cracking agent and the phosphate type anionic surfactant, always ensures a liquid permeation path. As a result, the design range for fiber diameter or fiber density is widened. When manufacturing the non-woven fabric 30 (30A and 30B), for example, hot air processing in which the fiber web is subjected to multi-stage hot air treatment while controlling the temperature and wind speed of the hot air. For example, the non-woven fabric 30A (first fiber layer 301) can use the manufacturing method described in paragraphs [0031] and [0032] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-136790. In addition, as a support for irregularly shaping the fiber web, it is preferable to use one having solid protrusions and openings. For example, the support shown in Figures 1 and 2 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-149370 or the support shown in Figures 1 and 2 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-149371 can be used. In addition, the non-woven fabric 30B (laminated non-woven fabric of the first fiber layer 301 and the second fiber layer 302) can be manufactured by laminating the fiber web to become the second fiber layer 302 in the hot air step of the first fiber layer 301 described above. For example, the manufacturing method described in paragraphs [0042] to [0064] of JP 2013-124428 A can be used. From the viewpoint of shaping the non-woven fabrics 30A and 30B by hot air processing, both the first fiber layer 301 and the second fiber layer 302 are preferably non-heat-extensible and non-heat-shrinkable heat-fusion fibers. Then, the nonwoven fabric 40 of the fourth embodiment includes a layer containing thermoplastic fibers as shown in FIG. 12, and has a semi-cylindrical convex portion 41 on the first surface 1A side and is arranged along the side edge of the convex portion 41 The concave portion 42 has a shape in which a plurality of concave portions 42 are alternately arranged. The bottom part 43 of the recessed part containing the fiber of a nonwoven fabric is arrange|positioned under the recessed part 42. As shown in FIG. The fiber density of the bottom 43 of the concave portion is lower than that of the convex portion 41. In this nonwoven fabric 30, another fiber layer 45 may be partially laminated on the convex portion 41 (refer to FIG. 13). If the non-woven fabric 40 is incorporated into an absorbent article as a front sheet with the first surface 1A side as the skin contact surface side, the liquid received by the convex portion 41 easily moves to the concave portion 42, and the concave portion 43 is easy to move to The second surface 1B side moves. Thereby, less liquid remains and the sticky feeling of the skin is suppressed. In the non-woven fabric 40, the liquid film cracking agent, or the liquid film cracking agent, and the anionic surfactant of the phosphate ester type are also used to always ensure the transmission path of the liquid. As a result, the design range for fiber diameter or fiber density is widened. Such a non-woven fabric 40 can be formed by blowing a fluid such as hot air to the portion formed as the recess 42 to move the fiber to the fiber web. As a result, the fiber density of the bottom 43 of the recess can be lower than the periphery thereof. Then, the non-woven fabric 50 of the fifth embodiment has a concavo-convex structure in which strip-shaped protruding strips 51 and recessed strips 52 extending in one direction (Y direction) are alternately arranged as shown in FIG. 14. Furthermore, in the thickness direction of the non-woven fabric sheet 50, the above-mentioned concavo-convex structure can be divided into three equal parts of a top area 50A, a bottom area 50B, and a side area 50C located between them. The nonwoven fabric 50 has a plurality of heat fusion portions 55 constituting the intersection of the fibers 54 with each other. Focusing on one constituent fiber 54, as shown in FIG. 15, the constituent fiber 54 has a large diameter portion 57 sandwiched by two small diameter portions 56 having a smaller fiber diameter between adjacent fusion portions 55. Thereby, the softness of the non-woven fabric 50 is improved, and the touch of the skin becomes good. In addition, the contact area with the skin in terms of fiber units is reduced, and a better dry feeling is obtained. Also, from the viewpoint of flexibility, the change point 58 from the small-diameter portion 56 to the large-diameter portion 57 is preferably 1/3 of the distance T between the adjacent fusion portions 55 and 55, which is close to the fusion portion 55. Within the range (the range of T1 and T3 in Figure 15). Furthermore, the combination of the small diameter portion 56 and the large diameter portion 57 clamped by the small diameter portion 56 may also have a plurality of combinations in the interval T. The structure of the small-diameter portion 56 and the large-diameter portion 57 in such a constituent fiber is formed by extending the fiber during the sipe extension processing that forms the convex strip portion 51 and the concave strip portion 52. As the fiber used at this time, a fiber with a relatively high degree of elongation is preferable. For example, the crystalline state of the resin obtained by the treatment step described in paragraph [0033] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-168715 may be changed by heating to produce a thermally extensible fiber in which the length is elongated. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of liquid permeability, it is preferable that the non-woven fabric 50 has a smaller-diameter portion that has a smaller hydrophilicity than that of a large-diameter portion. This difference in hydrophilicity can be formed by making the fiber treatment agent attached to the fiber contain an extensible component (hydrophobic component). Particularly preferably, it contains an extensible component and a hydrophilic component. Specifically, when the fiber is stretched by the above-mentioned sipe stretching process, the stretchable component diffuses in the small-diameter portion 35 formed by the stretching, and a difference in the degree of hydrophilicity is generated between the small-diameter portion 35 and the large-diameter portion. In the large-diameter part, the hydrophilic component that is not easy to diffuse stays and the degree of hydrophilicity becomes higher than that in the small-diameter part. As the above-mentioned extensible component, for example, a polysiloxane resin having a low glass transition point and flexible molecular chain can be cited. As a polysiloxane resin, a polysiloxane resin having Si-O-Si chain as the main chain can be preferably used Organosiloxane. In addition, from the viewpoint of the above-mentioned liquid permeability, it is preferable that the fiber density of the sidewall region 30C of the non-woven fabric 50 is lower than the fiber density of the top region 30A and the bottom region 30B. In the non-woven fabric 50, the liquid film cracking agent, or the liquid film cracking agent, and the phosphate-type anionic surfactant can always ensure the liquid permeation path. As a result, the design range for fiber diameter or fiber density is widened. The nonwoven fabric 50 may be used alone, or it may be joined with a flat fiber layer to form a laminated nonwoven fabric, or it may be laminated on a fiber layer with unevenness to form a laminated nonwoven fabric integrated along the unevenness. For example, it can be laminated on the second non-woven fabric of the non-woven fabric 20 in the second embodiment (Figure 10), or can be laminated on the non-woven fabric 30A of the third embodiment (Figure 11(A)) or the fourth embodiment (Figure 11(A)). 12 or Figure 13) the non-woven fabric 40. Then, the non-woven fabric 60 of the sixth embodiment has a concavo-convex shape containing thermally extensible fibers. As shown in FIG. 16, the 1A side of the 1st surface has an uneven|corrugated shape. On the other hand, the second surface 1B side is flat, or the degree of unevenness is extremely small compared to the first surface 1A side. Specifically, the concave-convex shape on the side of the first surface 1A has a plurality of convex portions 61 and linear concave portions 62 surrounding them. The recess 62 has a pressure-bonding portion where the constituent fibers of the non-woven fabric 60 are pressure-bonded or adhered, and the heat-extensible fiber is in an unstretched state. The convex portion 62 is a portion where the thermally extensible fiber is thermally stretched to bulge on the side of the first surface 1A. Therefore, the convex part 62 becomes a bulky part because the fiber density is lower than that of the concave part 62. In addition, the linear recesses 62 are arranged in a grid pattern, and the convex parts 61 are arranged along each area divided by the grid. Thereby, the non-woven fabric 60 suppresses the contact area with the wearer's skin and effectively prevents sultry or rash. In addition, the convex portion 61 in contact with the skin is bulky due to the thermal elongation of the heat-extensible fiber, and becomes a soft skin touch. Furthermore, the non-woven fabric 60 may have a single-layer structure, or a multiple-layer structure of two or more layers. For example, in the case of a two-layer structure, the layer on the 1B side of the second surface preferably does not contain thermally extensible fibers, or the content of thermally extensible fibers is higher than that of the layer on the 1A side of the first surface having a concave-convex shape. few. In addition, the two layers are preferably joined to the pressure bonding portion of the recess 62. In the non-woven fabric 60, the liquid film cracking agent, or the liquid film cracking agent, and the phosphate-type anionic surfactant can always ensure the liquid permeation path. As a result, the design range for fiber diameter or fiber density is widened. Such non-woven fabric 60 can be manufactured by the following method. First, heat embossing is performed on the fiber web to form linear recesses 62. At this time, in the recess 62, the heat-extensible fiber is crimped or fused, and is fixed without being heat-stretched. Then, the heat-extensible fiber existing in the portion other than the concave portion 61 is stretched by the hot air processing to form the convex portion 61, and the non-woven fabric 60 is formed. In addition, as the constituent fiber of the nonwoven fabric 60, it may be a blend of the above-mentioned heat-extensible fiber and non-heat-extensible heat-fusible fiber. As their constituent fibers, for example, paragraphs [0013], [0037] to [0040] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2005-350836, paragraphs [0012], and paragraphs of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-1277258 can be used. [0024] ~ [0046] described in and so on. Next, the non-woven fabric 70 of the seventh embodiment includes a laminated non-woven fabric containing an upper layer 71 and a lower layer 72 of thermoplastic fibers as shown in FIG. 17. On the upper layer 71, convex portions 73 and concave portions 74 are alternately arranged, and the concave portions 74 are perforated. The fiber density of the concave portion 74 is lower than the fiber density of the convex portion 73. The area where the convex portions 73 and the concave portions 74 are alternately and repeatedly arranged may exist in a part of the upper layer 71 or may exist in the whole. When the area where the convex portions 73 and the concave portions 74 are alternately arranged is present in a part of the upper layer, the area is preferably present when the non-woven fabric 70 is used as the front sheet of the absorbent article to become the liquid receiving area ( The area corresponding to the excretion part). On the other hand, the fiber density of the lower layer 72 is substantially uniform. The lower layer 72 is laminated at least corresponding to the area of the upper layer 71 where the convex portions 73 and the concave portions 74 are alternately arranged. Thereby, the non-woven fabric 70 has a bulky cushioning property due to the high fiber density of the convex portion 73, and if it is used as a front sheet of an absorbent article, it becomes difficult to generate liquid back. In addition, the non-woven fabric 70 is in an open state due to the low fiber density of the recessed portion 74, and therefore has excellent liquid permeability, especially high-viscosity liquid permeability. In the non-woven fabric 70, the liquid film cracking agent, or the liquid film cracking agent, and the phosphate-type anionic surfactant are also used to always ensure the transmission path of the liquid. As a result, the design range for fiber diameter or fiber density is widened. Such a non-woven fabric 70 can be manufactured, for example, by the method described in the bottom left column 12 line on page 6 to the top right column line 19 on page 8 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-24263. The liquid film cracking agent and the non-woven fabric containing the liquid film cracking agent of the present invention can effectively utilize its soft skin touch and the reduction of liquid residue to be applied in various fields. For example, it can be preferably used as the front sheet and the second sheet (arranged on the front) of absorbent articles used for absorbing liquid discharged from the body such as menstrual tampons, sanitary pads, disposable diapers, incontinence pads, etc. The sheet between the sheet and the absorber), the absorber, the covering sheet including the absorber, the leak-proof sheet, or the human wiping sheet, the skin care sheet, and the wipe cloth for the objective lens, etc. When the non-woven fabric of the present invention is used as the front sheet or the second sheet of an absorbent article, it is preferable to use the first layer side of the non-woven fabric as the skin facing side. Furthermore, the liquid film cracking agent of the present invention is not limited to non-woven fabrics, as long as it exerts the effect of cracking the liquid film, and can be applied to various fiber materials such as woven fabrics. Regarding the basis weight of the fiber web used in the manufacture of the non-woven fabric of the present invention, an appropriate range is selected according to the specific use of the target non-woven fabric. The basis weight of the non-woven fabric finally obtained is preferably 10 g/m 2 or more and 100 g/m 2 or less, particularly 15 g/m 2 or more and 80 g/m 2 or less. The absorbent article used for absorption of liquid discharged from the body typically includes a front sheet, a back sheet, and a liquid-retaining absorbent interposed between the two sheets. As the absorbent body and the back sheet when the nonwoven fabric of the present invention is used as the front sheet, materials generally used in such technical fields can be used without particular limitation. For example, as the absorbent body, one obtained by coating a fiber assembly containing fibrous materials such as pulp fibers or holding an absorbent polymer with a coating sheet such as toilet paper or nonwoven fabric can be used. As the back sheet, a liquid-impermeable or water-repellent sheet such as a film of a thermoplastic resin or a laminate of the film and a non-woven fabric can be used. The back sheet may also have water vapor permeability. The absorbent article may further have various members corresponding to the specific use of the absorbent article. The above-mentioned components are well known to the industry. For example, when the absorbent article is used in disposable diapers or menstrual napkins, one or more pairs of three-dimensional protections can be arranged on the left and right sides of the front sheet. Regarding the above-mentioned embodiments, the present invention further discloses the following non-woven fabrics and absorbent articles. <1> A non-woven fabric having a surface containing a liquid film cracking agent and a non-containing portion that does not contain the liquid film cracking agent, and the surface of the non-woven fabric on which the containing portion and the non-containing portion are arranged has side lengths In the case of a 5 mm square, the area of the square has more than one interface between the above-mentioned containing part and the above-mentioned non-containing part. <2> The non-woven fabric as described in the above <1>, wherein the spreading coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m is 15 mN/m or more. <3> A non-woven fabric having a containing portion containing the following compound C1 on the surface and a non-containing portion not containing the following compound C1, and the surface of the non-woven fabric on which the containing portion and the non-containing portion are arranged has a side length of 5 In the case of a square of mm, there are more than one interface between the above-mentioned containing part and the above-mentioned non-containing part in the area of the square. [Compound C1] A compound with a spreading coefficient of 15 mN/m or more to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m. <4> The non-woven fabric as described in the above <2> or <3>, wherein the spreading coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C1 is more preferably 20 mN/m or more, and more preferably 25 mN/m or more, especially Preferably, it is 30 mN/m or more. <5> The non-woven fabric described in any one of the above <2> to <4>, wherein the interfacial tension of the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C1 to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m is preferably 20 mN/m Hereinafter, it is more preferably 17 mN/m or less, still more preferably 13 mN/m or less, still more preferably 10 mN/m or less, particularly preferably 9 mN/m or less, and particularly preferably 1 mN/m or less, and Greater than 0 mN/m. <6> The non-woven fabric as described in any one of the above <1> to <5>, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C1 includes one having a structure selected from the group consisting of the following structures X, XY, and YXY A compound of at least one structure. Structure X represents >C(A)-(C represents a carbon atom. In addition, <,> and-represent bonding bonds. The same applies below), -C(A) 2 -, -C(A)(B)-, ＞C(A)-C(R 1 )＜,＞C(R 1 )-, -C(R 1 )(R 2 )-, -C(R 1 ) 2 -,＞C＜and, -Si( Any one of R 1 ) 2 O- and -Si(R 1 )(R 2 )O- has a repeating basic structure or a combination of two or more types of siloxane chains, or a mixed chain thereof. It has a hydrogen atom at the end of structure X, or is selected from -C(A) 3 , -C(A) 2 B, -C(A)(B) 2 , -C(A) 2 -C(R 1 ) 3 , -C(R 1 ) 2 A, -C(R 1 ) 3 , and -OSi(R 1 ) 3 , -OSi(R 1 ) 2 (R 2 ), -Si(R 1 ) 3 , -Si( At least one group in the group consisting of R 1 ) 2 (R 2 ). The aforementioned R 1 or R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom. A and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. When there are a plurality of R 1 , R 2 , A, and B in the structure X, they may be the same or different from each other. Y represents a hydrophilic group containing an atom selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom. When Y is plural, they may be the same or different. <7> The nonwoven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <6>, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C1 contains an organically modified polysiloxane of a polysiloxane-based surfactant, and is used as the organic Modified silicone, including selected from amine modified silicone, epoxy modified silicone, carboxyl modified silicone, glycol modified silicone, methanol modified silicone, (methyl )Acrylic modified silicone, mercapto modified silicone, phenol modified silicone, polyether modified silicone, methyl styrene modified silicone, long chain alkyl modified silicone At least one of the group consisting of oxygen, higher fatty acid ester modified polysiloxane, higher alkoxy modified polysiloxane, higher fatty acid modified polysiloxane, and fluorine modified polysiloxane. <8> The non-woven fabric as described in any one of the above <1> to <7>, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C1 contains polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxane, and the polyoxyalkylene is modified The polysiloxane is at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formulas [I] to [IV]. [化19]
式中，R31表示烷基(較佳為碳數1~20。例如較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基)。R32表示單鍵或伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~20。例如較佳為亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基)，較佳為表示上述伸烷基。複數個R31、複數個R32各自相互可相同亦可不同。M11表示具有聚氧伸烷基之基，較佳為聚氧伸烷基。作為上述之聚氧伸烷基，可列舉：聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基、或將其等構成單體共聚合而成者等。m、n分別獨立為1以上之整數。再者，其等重複單元之符號係於各式(I)～(IV)中分別決定者，未必表示相同整數，亦可不同。 ＜9＞ 如上述＜1＞記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數大於0 mN/m，對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下。 ＜10＞ 一種不織布，其表面具有包含下述化合物C2之含有部、與不包含下述化合物C2之非含有部，且對配置有上述含有部及上述非含有部之不織布表面劃分出邊長5 mm之正方形時，於該正方形之區域中具有1個以上之上述含有部與上述非含有部之界面。 [化合物C2] 對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數大於0 mN/m，對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下之化合物。 ＜11＞ 如上述＜9＞或＜10＞記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C2對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力較佳為17 mN/m以下，更佳為13 mN/m以下，進而較佳為10 mN/m以下，特佳為9 mN/m以下，尤佳為1 mN/m以下，且大於0 mN/m。 ＜12＞ 如上述＜9＞至＜11＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C2對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數較佳為9 mN/m以上，更佳為10 mN/m以上，進而較佳為15 mN/m以上，且為50 mN/m以下。 ＜13＞ 如上述＜1＞及＜9＞至＜12＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C2包含具有選自由下述之結構Z、Z-Y、及Y-Z-Y所組成之群中之至少1種結構之化合物。 結構Z表示將＞C(A)-(C：碳原子)、-C(A)2
-、-C(A)(B)-、＞C(A)-C(R3
)＜、＞C(R3
)-、-C(R3
)(R4
)-、-C(R3
)2
-、＞C＜中之任一種基本結構重複、或者組合2種以上而成之結構之烴鏈。於結構Z之末端具有氫原子、或選自由-C(A)3
、-C(A)2
B、-C(A)(B)2
、-C(A)2
-C(R3
)3
、-C(R3
)2
A、-C(R3
)3
所組成之群中之至少1種基。 上述之R3
或R4
分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、氟烷基、芳烷基、或將其等組合而成之烴基、或者氟原子。A、B分別獨立地表示包含氧原子或氮原子之取代基。於結構Z內R3
、R4
、A、B各自存在複數個之情形時，其等相互可相同亦可不同。 Y表示包含選自氫原子、碳原子、氧原子、氮原子、磷原子、硫原子中之原子的具有親水性之親水基。Y於複數個之情形時相互可相同亦可不同。 ＜14＞ 如上述＜1＞及＜9＞至＜13＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C2包含選自由下述式[V]之任一者所表示之聚氧伸烷基(POA)烷基醚、以及下述式[VI]所表示之質量平均分子量1000以上之聚氧伸烷基二醇、硬脂醇聚醚、山崳醇聚醚、PPG肉豆蔻基醚、PPG硬脂基醚及PPG山崳基醚所組成之群中之至少1種化合物。 [化23][化24]式中，L21
表示醚基、胺基、醯胺基、酯基、羰基、碳酸酯基、聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基、或將其等組合而成之聚氧伸烷基等鍵結基。R51
表示包含氫原子、甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基、甲氧基、乙氧基、苯基、氟烷基、芳烷基、或將其等組合而成之烴基、或者氟原子之各種取代基。又，a、b、m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。此處，Cm
Hn
表示烷基(n＝2m＋1)，Ca
Hb
表示伸烷基(a＝2b)。再者，其等碳原子數及氫原子數係於各式(V)及(VI)中各自獨立地決定者，未必表示相同之整數，亦可不同。再者，-(Ca
Hb
O)m
-之「m」係1以上之整數。該重複單元之值係於各式(V)及(VI)中各自獨立地決定者，未必表示相同之整數，亦可不同。 ＜15＞ 如＜1＞及＜9＞至＜13＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C2包含選自由下述式[VII]所表示之脂肪酸、下述式[VIII-I]或[VIII-II]所表示之甘油脂肪酸酯及季戊四醇脂肪酸酯、下述式[IX]之任一者、下述式[X]之任一者、或下述式[XI]之任一者所表示之甘油脂肪酸酯、山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯、及季戊四醇脂肪酸酯之部分酯化物、具有下述式[XII]之固醇結構之化合物、下述式[XIII]所表示之醇、下述式[XIV]所表示之脂肪酸酯、以及下述式[XV]所表示之蠟所組成之群中之至少1種。 [化25]式[VII]中，m及n分別獨立地為1以上之整數。此處，Cm
Hn
表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 [化26][化27]式[VIII-I]及[VIII-II]中，m、m'、m''、n、n'及n''分別獨立為1以上之整數。複數個m、複數個n各自相互可相同亦可不同。此處，Cm
Hn
、Cm
'Hn
'及Cm
''Hn
''分別表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 [化28]式[IX]中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。複數個m、複數個n各自相互可相同亦可不同。此處，Cm
Hn
係表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 [化29]式[X]中，R52
表示碳原子數2以上且22以下之直鏈或支鏈、飽和或不飽和之烴基(烷基、烯基、炔基等)。具體而言，可列舉：2-乙基己基、月桂基、肉豆蔻基、棕櫚基、硬脂基、山崳基、油醯基、亞麻油基等。 [化30]式[XI]中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。複數個m、複數個n各自相互可相同亦可不同。此處，Cm
Hn
表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 [化31][化32]式[XIII]中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。此處，Cm
Hn
表示上述各醇之烴基。 [化33]式[XIV]中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。此處，2個Cm
Hn
可相同亦可不同。Cm
Hn
-COO-之Cm
Hn
表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。-COOCm
Hn
之Cm
Hn
表示源自形成酯之醇之烴基。 [化34]式[XV]中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。 ＜16＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜15＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述正方形之區域係配置於成為受液部之位置。 ＜17＞ 如上述＜16＞記載之不織布，其中上述受液部於將上述不織布作為紙尿布或日用衛生棉之正面片材應用之情形時，係上述紙尿布或日用衛生棉之長度方向及寬度方向之中央部分，於將上述不織布作為夜用衛生棉之正面片材應用之情形時，係將該夜用衛生棉於長度方向上分割成4個區域之情形時之從前數第2個區域中之長度方向及寬度方向的中央部分。 ＜18＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜17＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中於上述正方形之區域存在複數個上述界面。 ＜19＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜18＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中於上述正方形之區域，上述含有部相對於上述非含有部之面積比大於1。 ＜20＞ 如上述＜16＞至＜19＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中自上述受液部起在不織布之長度方向之任一位置上配置有至少一個上述含有部相對於上述非含有部之面積比大於1之正方形。 ＜21＞ 如上述＜19＞或＜20＞記載之不織布，其中上述面積比、即含有部之面積/非含有部之面積超過1且為16以下，較佳為1.3以上，更佳為1.5以上，又，較佳為10以下，更佳為3以下。 ＜22＞ 如上述＜19＞或＜20＞記載之不織布，其中上述面積比、即含有部之面積/非含有部之面積為1.5以上且3以下。 ＜23＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜22＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中於不織布表面週期性地配置有上述含有部與上述非含有部。 ＜24＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜23＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述含有部及非含有部均在長度方向上帶狀地延伸，且該帶狀之含有部及非含有部係交替地配置在寬度方向上。 ＜25＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜23＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述含有部具有圓形，且該含有部複數個沿著長度方向及寬度方向兩方向相互隔開地於複數個方向上分散配置。 ＜26＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜23＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述含有部包含幾何學形狀之複數條線，將該含有部之間隙作為上述非含有部。 ＜27＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜23＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述非含有部包含幾何學形狀之複數條線，將該非含有部之間隙作為上述含有部。 ＜28＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜27＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中相鄰之上述含有部與上述非含有部之寬度之和為2500 μm以下。 ＜29＞ 如上述＜28＞記載之不織布，其中相鄰之上述含有部與上述非含有部之寬度之和為100 μm以上且2500 μm以下，較佳為2000 μm以下，更佳為1500 μm以下，又，較佳為500 μm以上，更佳為1000 μm以上。 ＜30＞ 如上述＜28＞記載之不織布，其中相鄰之上述含有部與上述非含有部之寬度之和為1000 μm以上且1500 μm以下。 ＜31＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜30＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述含有部之構成纖維之接觸角大於上述非含有部之構成纖維之接觸角。 ＜32＞ 如上述＜31＞記載之不織布，其中上述含有部之構成纖維之接觸角與上述非含有部之構成纖維之接觸角的差為5度以上且70度以下，較佳為10度以上，更佳為20度以上，又，較佳為50度以下，更佳為30度以下。 ＜33＞ 如上述＜31＞記載之不織布，其中上述含有部之構成纖維之接觸角與上述非含有部之構成纖維之接觸角的差為20度以上且30度以下。 ＜34＞ 如上述＜31＞至＜33＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述非含有部之構成纖維之接觸角較佳為90度以下，更佳為80度以下，進而較佳為70度以下。 ＜35＞ 如上述＜31＞至＜34＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述含有部之構成纖維之接觸角較佳為110度以下，更佳為90度以下，進而較佳為80度以下。 ＜36＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜35＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑、上述化合物C1或上述化合物C2之水溶解度為0 g以上且0.025 g以下。 ＜37＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜36＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑、上述化合物C1或上述化合物C2之表面張力較佳為32 mN/m以下，更佳為30 mN/m以下，進而較佳為25 mN/m以下，特佳為22 mN/m以下，且較佳為1 mN/m以上。 ＜38＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜37＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述不織布為具有凸部與凹部之凹凸形狀。 ＜39＞ 如上述＜38＞記載之不織布，其中上述凸部之頂部具有上述含有部。 ＜40＞ 如上述＜38＞或＜39＞記載之不織布，其中上述凹部之底部具有上述非含有部。 ＜41＞ 如上述＜38＞記載之不織布，其中上述凸部與上述含有部一致，上述凹部與上述非含有部一致。 ＜42＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜41＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中於至少一部分之纖維交絡點附近或纖維熔合點附近上述液膜開裂劑、上述化合物C1或上述化合物C2局部存在。 ＜43＞ 一種吸收性物品，其使用如上述＜1＞至＜42＞中任一項記載之不織布作為正面片材。 ＜44＞ 如上述＜43＞記載之吸收性物品，其中上述吸收性物品為經期衛生棉。 [實施例] 以下，基於實施例而對本發明進一步詳細地進行說明，但本發明並不應受其限定地解釋。再者，本實施例中，「份」及「%」只要無特別事先說明，則均為質量基準。又，展佈係數、界面張力、表面張力及水溶解度係如上所述，於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中進行測定所得者。下述實施例中之液膜開裂劑之表面張力、水溶解度及界面張力係藉由上述之測定方法而測得。再者，下述表中之「-」意指未使用項目名所示之劑、不具有符合項目之值等。又，「←」意指與左側之記載內容相同。 (實施例1) 藉由上述之方法製作圖9所示之凹凸形狀之原料不織布。上層(第1面1A側之層)係使用纖度1.2 dtex之非熱收縮性熱熔合纖維，下層(第2面1B側之層)係使用纖度2.3 dtex之熱收縮性纖維。此時之上層之纖維間距離為80 μm，下層之纖維間距離為60 μm。又，該不織布之基重為74 g/m2
。 對於上述原料不織布之凹凸構造之面，藉由軟版印刷方式而將聚氧伸乙基(POE)改性二甲基聚矽氧(信越化學工業股份有限公司製造 KF-6015)即結構X-Y中之X包含含有-Si(CH3
)2
O-之二甲基聚矽氧鏈、Y包含含有-(C2
H4
O)-之POE鏈，POE鏈之末端基為甲基(CH3
)，改性率為20%，聚氧伸乙基加成莫耳數為3，且質量平均分子量為4000之液膜開裂劑進行圖案塗佈。藉此，製作含有部與非含有部已成為圖1所示之條紋狀圖案配置之不織布試樣S1。作為該液膜開裂劑之聚氧伸乙基(POE)改性二甲基聚矽氧相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和係如表1所示。 上述液膜開裂劑之表面張力為21.0 mN/m，水溶解度未達0.0001 g。又，上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數為28.8 mN/m，對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為0.2 mN/m。其等數值係藉由上述之測定方法而測得。此時，「表面張力為50 mN/m之液體」係使用如下溶液，其係利用微量吸管(ACURA825，Socorex Isba SA公司製造)於100 g之去離子水中添加作為非離子系界面活性物質之聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單月桂酸酯(花王股份有限公司製造，商品名RHEODOL SUPER TW-L120)3.75 μL，而將表面張力調整至50±1 mN/m。又，水溶解度係每次添加0.0001 g之劑而測得。其結果，觀察到連0.0001 g都未溶解者係設為「未達0.0001 g」，觀察到溶解0.0001 g但未溶解0.0002 g者係設為「0.0001 g」。關於其以外之數值，亦藉由相同之方法而測得。 (實施例2) 將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表1般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例2之不織布試樣S2。 (實施例3) 將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表1般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例3之不織布試樣S3。 (實施例4) 將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表1般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例4之不織布試樣S4。 (實施例5) 將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表1般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例5之不織布試樣S5。 (實施例6) 將含有部與非含有部設為使圖3-1(B)所示之點旋轉90度之圖案配置，且將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表1般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例6之不織布試樣S6。 (實施例7) 作為液膜開裂劑之環氧改性二甲基聚矽氧(信越化學工業股份有限公司製造，KF-101)係使用結構X-Y中之X包含含有-Si(CH3
)2
O-之二甲基聚矽氧鏈、Y包含含有-(RC2
H3
O)-之環氧基，且改性率為32%、質量平均分子量為35800者，使該液膜開裂劑溶解於溶質乙醇中，以液膜開裂劑之有效成分為3.0質量%之形式製作液膜開裂劑之塗佈液。 使用上述液膜開裂劑之塗佈液，且將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表2般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例7之不織布試樣S7。 上述液膜開裂劑之表面張力為21.0 mN/m，水溶解度未達0.0001 g。又，上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數為26.0 mN/m，對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為3.0 mN/m。其等數值係藉由與實施例1相同之方法而測得。 (實施例8) 作為液膜開裂劑之三辛酸/癸酸甘油酯(花王股份有限公司製造之COCONAD MT)係使用結構Z-Y中之Z為*-O-CH(CH2
O-*)2
(*表示鍵結部)，Y包含C8
H15
O-或C10
H19
O-之烴鏈，脂肪酸組成包含辛酸82%、癸酸18%，且質量平均分子量為550者，使該液膜開裂劑溶解於溶質乙醇中，以液膜開裂劑之有效成分為3.0質量%之形式製作液膜開裂劑之塗佈液。 使用上述液膜開裂劑之塗佈液，且將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表2般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例8之不織布試樣S8。 上述液膜開裂劑之表面張力為28.9 mN/m，水溶解度未達0.0001 g。又，上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數為8.8 mN/m，對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為12.3 mN/m。其等數值係藉由與實施例1相同之方法而測得。 (實施例9) 作為液膜開裂劑之液態異構石蠟(Luvitol Lite，BASF Japan股份有限公司製造)係使用質量平均分子量為450者，使該液膜開裂劑溶解於溶質己烷中，以液膜開裂劑之有效成分為3.0質量%之形式製作液膜開裂劑之塗佈液。 使用上述液膜開裂劑之塗佈液，且將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表2般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例9之不織布試樣S9。 上述液膜開裂劑之表面張力為27.0 mN/m，水溶解度未達0.0001 g。又，上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數為14.5 mN/m，對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為8.5 mN/m。其等數值係藉由與實施例1相同之方法而測得。 (實施例10～12) 將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表2般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例10～12之不織布試樣S10～S12。 (比較例1) 將塗佈實施例1中所使用之液膜開裂劑前之原料不織布直接作為比較例1之不織布試樣C1而進行準備。 (比較例2) 將實施例1中所使用之液膜開裂劑塗佈至原料不織布之整面，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作比較例2之不織布試樣C2。 (正面片材(不織布試樣)之液體殘留量) 製作評價用經期衛生棉，該評價用經期衛生棉係自作為吸收性物品之一例之經期衛生棉(花王股份有限公司製造：Laurier透氣棉柔 30 cm，2014年製造)去除正面片材，代替其而積層不織布之試樣(以下，亦稱為不織布試樣)，將其周圍進行固定而獲得。 於各評價用經期衛生棉之表面上重疊具有內徑1 cm之透過孔之丙烯酸系板，向該衛生棉施加100 Pa之固定負荷。於該負荷下，使相當於經血之疑似血液(將日本Baiotesuto研究所股份有限公司製造之脫纖維馬血調整至8.0 cP者)6.0 g自該丙烯酸系板之透過孔流入。再者，所使用之脫纖維馬血係利用東機產業股份有限公司之TVB10形黏度計於30 rpm之條件下進行調整。脫纖維馬血若進行放置，則黏度較高之部分(紅血球等)沈澱，黏度較低之部分(血漿)係作為上清液殘留。將該部分之混合比率以成為8.0 cP之方式進行調整。於流入合計6.0 g之疑似血液60秒鐘後取下丙烯酸系板。繼而，對不織布試樣之重量(W2)進行測定，算出與事先測得之流入疑似血液前之不織布試樣之重量(W1)的差(W2－W1)。進行以上之操作3次，將3次之平均值設為液殘留量(mg)。液體殘留量係穿著者之肌膚濕潤至何種程度之指標，液體殘留量越少，越為良好之結果。再者，黏度之單位cP(厘泊)係藉由1 cP＝1×10-3
Pa・s進行換算。 (不織布表面之液體流動長度) 試驗裝置係使用具有試驗樣品之載置面相對於水平面傾斜45°之載置部者。將以各試樣作為正面片材之評價用經期衛生棉以正面片材朝向上方之方式載置於上述載置部上。評價用經期衛生棉係利用與上述正面片材(不織布試樣)之液體殘留量之測定相同之方式製作。將疑似血液(將日本Baiotesuto研究所股份有限公司製造之脫纖維馬血調整至8.0 cP者)0.5 g以0.1 g/秒鐘之速度滴下至各評價用經期衛生棉之表面上。測定首先接觸到不織布之地點至試驗液被吸收至不織布內部而不流動之地點為止之距離。再者，所使用之疑似血液係利用與上述正面片材(不織布試樣)之液體殘留量之測定相同之方法進行調整。進行以上之操作3次，將3次之平均值設為液體流動距離(mm)。液體流動距離係液體未被吸收至試驗樣品中而於表面上流動，於穿著時容易洩漏至何種程度之指標，液體流動距離越短，評價越高。 上述實施例及比較例之成分構成、及關於該實施例及比較例之各評價結果係如下述表1及2所示。 [表1]
[表2]
如表1及2所示般，不包含液膜開裂劑之比較例1之液體殘留量為265 mg。相對於此，含有液膜開裂劑之實施例1～12之液體殘留量成為比較例1之液體殘留量之一半以下，確認到液膜之有效之開裂。 又，整面地含有液膜開裂劑之比較例2之液體殘留量為73 mg，相對於此，液體流動長度為70 mm，係比較例1之液體流動長度33 mm之2倍以上。即，比較例2因液膜開裂而液體殘留減少，另一方面，於不織布表面之液體流動惡化，而液體流動防止性降低。相對於此，實施例1～12之液體流動長度較比較例2之液體流動長度短17%以上，而液體流動防止性提高。即，實施例1～12兼顧比較例1及2無法實現之液體殘留減少之提高與液體流動防止性之提高。 進而，於實施例2～5、11及12中，邊長5 mm之正方形內之含有部/非含有部之面積比為1以下之實施例2的液體流動長度為54 mm，相對於此，上述面積比大於1之實施例3～5、11及12之液體流動長度被抑制為較短，即實施例2之液體流動長度之2成以上。即，可知藉由上述面積比大於1，而與液體殘留減少效果相結合，液體流動防止性之效果較高。此外，於實施例1、3～5及10～12中，相鄰之含有部與非含有部之寬度之和超過2500 μm的實施例1之液體流動長度為58 mm。相對於此，上述寬度之和為2500 μm以下之實施例3～5及10～12之液體流動長度被抑制為較短，即實施例1之液體流動長度之3成以上。即，可知藉由上述寬度之和為2500 μm以下，而會與液體殘留減少效果相結合，從而液體流動防止性之效果較高。 將本發明與其實施形態及實施例一起進行了說明，但只要本發明者沒有特別指定，則本發明不受說明之任何細節限定，認為應於不會背離隨附之申請專利範圍所示之發明之精神與範圍的情況下廣範圍地進行解釋。 本申請案係主張基於2016年5月31日於日本提出專利申請之日本專利特願2016-109602之優先權者，其等係參照此處並將其內容作為本說明書之記載之一部分併入本文中。In the formula, R 31 represents an alkyl group (preferably with a carbon number of 1-20. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, 2-ethyl are preferred. Hexyl, nonyl, decyl). R 32 represents a single bond or an alkylene group (preferably with a carbon number of 1 to 20. For example, methylene, ethylene, propylene, and butylene are preferred), and preferably represents the above-mentioned alkylene. The plurality of R 31 and the plurality of R 32 may be the same or different from each other. M 11 represents a group having a polyoxyalkylene group, preferably a polyoxyalkylene group. Examples of the above-mentioned polyoxyalkylene group include polyoxyethylene group, polyoxypropylene group, polyoxybutylene group, and those obtained by copolymerizing constituent monomers such as these. m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. In addition, the symbols of the repeating units are determined separately in each of the formulas (I) to (IV), and may not necessarily represent the same integer, and may be different. <9> The non-woven fabric as described in the above <1>, wherein the spreading coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m is greater than 0 mN/m, and to the interface of a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m The tension is less than 20 mN/m. <10> A non-woven fabric having a containing portion containing the following compound C2 and a non-containing portion not containing the following compound C2 on the surface, and the surface of the non-woven fabric on which the containing portion and the non-containing portion are arranged has a side length of 5 In the case of a square of mm, there are more than one interface between the above-mentioned containing part and the above-mentioned non-containing part in the area of the square. [Compound C2] A compound with a spreading coefficient greater than 0 mN/m for a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m and an interfacial tension of 20 mN/m or less for a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m. <11> The non-woven fabric as described in the above <9> or <10>, wherein the interfacial tension of the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C2 to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m is preferably 17 mN/m or less, more preferably It is 13 mN/m or less, more preferably 10 mN/m or less, particularly preferably 9 mN/m or less, particularly preferably 1 mN/m or less, and greater than 0 mN/m. <12> The non-woven fabric as described in any one of the above <9> to <11>, wherein the spreading coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C2 to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m is preferably 9 mN/ m or more, more preferably 10 mN/m or more, still more preferably 15 mN/m or more, and 50 mN/m or less. <13> The non-woven fabric described in any one of the above <1> and <9> to <12>, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C2 includes the structure Z, ZY, and YZY selected from the following A compound of at least one structure in the group. Structure Z means that >C(A)-(C: carbon atom), -C(A) 2 -, -C(A)(B)-, >C(A)-C(R 3 )<,>C (R 3 )-, -C(R 3 )(R 4 )-, -C(R 3 ) 2 -, >C< any one of the basic structure repeats, or a combination of two or more of the structure formed by the hydrocarbon chain . It has a hydrogen atom at the end of structure Z, or is selected from -C(A) 3 , -C(A) 2 B, -C(A)(B) 2 , -C(A) 2 -C(R 3 ) 3 , -C(R 3 ) 2 A, -C(R 3 ) 3 at least one group in the group. The aforementioned R 3 or R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a hydrocarbon group formed by combining them, or a fluorine atom. A and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. When there are a plurality of R 3 , R 4 , A, and B in the structure Z, they may be the same or different from each other. Y represents a hydrophilic group containing an atom selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom. In the case of a plurality of Ys, they may be the same or different from each other. <14> The non-woven fabric as described in any one of the above <1> and <9> to <13>, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C2 includes any one represented by the following formula [V] Polyoxyalkylene (POA) alkyl ether, and polyoxyalkylene glycol with a mass average molecular weight of 1000 or more represented by the following formula [VI], steareth, beheneth, and PPG At least one compound in the group consisting of myristyl ether, PPG stearyl ether and PPG behenyl ether. [化23] [化24] In the formula, L 21 represents ether group, amino group, amide group, ester group, carbonyl group, carbonate group, polyoxyethylene group, polyoxyethylene group, polyoxyethylene group, or a combination thereof The polyoxyalkylene and other bonding groups. R 51 represents a hydrogen atom, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, 2-ethylhexyl, nonyl, decyl, methoxy, ethoxy , Phenyl, fluoroalkyl, aralkyl, or a combination of these and other hydrocarbon groups, or various substituents of fluorine atoms. In addition, a, b, m, and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n represents an alkyl group (n=2m+1), and C a H b represents an alkylene group (a=2b). Furthermore, the number of carbon atoms and the number of hydrogen atoms are determined independently in each of the formulas (V) and (VI), and they do not necessarily represent the same integer, and may be different. Furthermore, "m" of -(C a H b O) m -is an integer of 1 or more. The value of the repeating unit is determined independently in each of the formulas (V) and (VI), and does not necessarily represent the same integer, and may be different. <15> The non-woven fabric as described in any one of <1> and <9> to <13>, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C2 contains fatty acids selected from the following formula [VII] and the following formula Glycerin fatty acid ester and pentaerythritol fatty acid ester represented by [VIII-I] or [VIII-II], any one of the following formula [IX], any one of the following formula [X], or the following formula [XI] Any one of glycerol fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, and partial ester products of pentaerythritol fatty acid esters, compounds having the sterol structure of the following formula [XII], the following formula [ At least one of the group consisting of the alcohol represented by XIII], the fatty acid ester represented by the following formula [XIV], and the wax represented by the following formula [XV]. [化25] In formula [VII], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n represents the hydrocarbon group of each of the above-mentioned fatty acids. [化26] [化27] In formulas [VIII-I] and [VIII-II], m, m', m", n, n', and n" are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plural m and the plural n may be the same or different from each other. Here, C m H n, C m 'H n' and C m '' H n '' each represent a hydrocarbon group of a fatty acid. [化28] In formula [IX], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plural m and the plural n may be the same or different from each other. Here, C m H n represents the hydrocarbon group of each of the above-mentioned fatty acids. [化29] In formula [X], R 52 represents a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, etc.) having 2 or more and 22 or less carbon atoms. Specifically, 2-ethylhexyl, lauryl, myristyl, palmityl, stearyl, behenyl, oleyl, linseed, etc. can be mentioned. [化30] In formula [XI], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plural m and the plural n may be the same or different from each other. Here, C m H n represents the hydrocarbon group of each of the above-mentioned fatty acids. [化31] [化32] In formula [XIII], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n represents the hydrocarbon group of each of the above-mentioned alcohols. [化33] In formula [XIV], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, two C m H n may be the same or different. C m H n -COO- C m H n denotes the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group for each of the fatty acid. -COOC m H n C m H n represents the hydrocarbon group of the alcohol from the ester formed. [化34] In formula [XV], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. <16> The nonwoven fabric as described in any one of the above <1> to <15>, wherein the square area is arranged at a position that becomes a liquid receiving part. <17> The non-woven fabric as described in the above <16>, wherein the liquid receiving part is the length direction of the above-mentioned paper diaper or daily sanitary napkin when the above-mentioned non-woven fabric is used as the front sheet of a paper diaper or daily sanitary napkin And the central part in the width direction, when the above non-woven fabric is used as the front sheet of the night sanitary napkin, it is the second from the front when the night sanitary napkin is divided into 4 areas in the length direction The central part of the area in the length direction and width direction. <18> The non-woven fabric as described in any one of the above <1> to <17>, wherein a plurality of the above-mentioned interfaces are present in the above-mentioned square area. <19> The nonwoven fabric as described in any one of the above <1> to <18>, wherein in the square area, the area ratio of the containing portion to the non-containing portion is greater than 1. <20> The nonwoven fabric as described in any one of the above <16> to <19>, in which at least one of the containing portion is arranged at any position in the length direction of the nonwoven from the liquid receiving portion relative to the non-containing portion A square whose area ratio is greater than 1. <21> The nonwoven fabric as described in the above <19> or <20>, wherein the above-mentioned area ratio, that is, the area of the containing part/the area of the non-containing part exceeds 1 and is 16 or less, preferably 1.3 or more, more preferably 1.5 or more Moreover, it is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 3 or less. <22> The non-woven fabric as described in the above <19> or <20>, wherein the above-mentioned area ratio, that is, the area of the containing part/the area of the non-containing part is 1.5 or more and 3 or less. <23> The nonwoven fabric as described in any one of the above <1> to <22>, in which the containing portion and the non-containing portion are periodically arranged on the surface of the nonwoven fabric. <24> The non-woven fabric as described in any one of the above <1> to <23>, wherein the containing portion and the non-containing portion are both extended in the longitudinal direction in a strip shape, and the strip-shaped containing portion and non-containing portion are Alternately arranged in the width direction. <25> The non-woven fabric as described in any one of the above <1> to <23>, wherein the containing portion has a circular shape, and the containing portion is spaced apart from each other along the longitudinal direction and the width direction. Distributed in the direction. <26> The nonwoven fabric as described in any one of the above <1> to <23>, wherein the containing portion includes a plurality of lines of geometric shapes, and the gap between the containing portion is referred to as the non-containing portion. <27> The non-woven fabric as described in any one of the above <1> to <23>, wherein the non-containing portion includes a plurality of lines of geometric shapes, and the gap between the non-containing portion is referred to as the containing portion. <28> The nonwoven fabric as described in any one of the above <1> to <27>, wherein the sum of the width of the adjacent containing portion and the non-containing portion is 2500 μm or less. <29> The nonwoven fabric as described in the above <28>, wherein the sum of the widths of the adjacent containing portion and the non-containing portion is 100 μm or more and 2500 μm or less, preferably 2000 μm or less, more preferably 1500 μm or less Furthermore, it is preferably 500 μm or more, and more preferably 1000 μm or more. <30> The nonwoven fabric as described in the above <28>, wherein the sum of the widths of the adjacent containing portion and the non-containing portion is 1000 μm or more and 1500 μm or less. <31> The nonwoven fabric as described in any one of the above <1> to <30>, wherein the contact angle of the constituent fiber of the containing portion is greater than the contact angle of the constituent fiber of the non-containing portion. <32> The nonwoven fabric as described in the above <31>, wherein the difference between the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing portion and the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing portion is 5 degrees or more and 70 degrees or less, preferably 10 degrees or more , More preferably 20 degrees or more, more preferably 50 degrees or less, more preferably 30 degrees or less. <33> The nonwoven fabric as described in the above <31>, wherein the difference between the contact angle of the constituent fiber of the containing portion and the contact angle of the constituent fiber of the non-containing portion is 20 degrees or more and 30 degrees or less. <34> The nonwoven fabric as described in any one of the above <31> to <33>, wherein the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing portion is preferably 90 degrees or less, more preferably 80 degrees or less, and still more preferably 70 Below degree. <35> The non-woven fabric as described in any one of the above <31> to <34>, wherein the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing portion is preferably 110 degrees or less, more preferably 90 degrees or less, and even more preferably 80 degrees the following. <36> The nonwoven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <35>, wherein the water solubility of the liquid film cracking agent, the compound C1, or the compound C2 is 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less. <37> The nonwoven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <36>, wherein the surface tension of the liquid film cracking agent, the compound C1 or the compound C2 is preferably 32 mN/m or less, more preferably 30 mN/m or less, more preferably 25 mN/m or less, particularly preferably 22 mN/m or less, and preferably 1 mN/m or more. <38> The non-woven fabric as described in any one of the above <1> to <37>, wherein the non-woven fabric has a concave-convex shape having convex portions and concave portions. <39> The nonwoven fabric as described in the above <38>, wherein the top of the convex portion has the containing portion. <40> The nonwoven fabric as described in the above <38> or <39>, wherein the bottom of the recessed portion has the non-containing portion. <41> The non-woven fabric as described in the above <38>, wherein the convex portion corresponds to the containing portion, and the concave portion corresponds to the non-containing portion. <42> The nonwoven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <41>, wherein the liquid film cracking agent, the compound C1 or the compound C2 are locally present near at least a part of the fiber entanglement point or the fiber fusion point. <43> An absorbent article using the non-woven fabric described in any one of the above <1> to <42> as a top sheet. <44> The absorbent article as described in the above <43>, wherein the absorbent article is a menstrual sanitary napkin. [Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in further detail based on examples, but the present invention should not be interpreted limitedly. In addition, in this embodiment, "parts" and "%" are all quality standards unless otherwise specified. In addition, the spread coefficient, interfacial tension, surface tension, and water solubility are measured in an environmental area with a temperature of 25°C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65% as described above. The surface tension, water solubility and interfacial tension of the liquid film cracking agent in the following examples are measured by the above-mentioned measuring method. In addition, the "-" in the following table means that the agent indicated by the item name is not used, does not have the value of the corresponding item, etc. Also, "←" means the same as the content on the left. (Example 1) The raw non-woven fabric of the uneven shape shown in FIG. 9 was produced by the above-mentioned method. The upper layer (layer on the 1A side of the first side) uses a non-heat shrinkable heat fusion fiber with a fineness of 1.2 dtex, and the lower layer (layer on the 1B side of the second side) uses a heat-shrinkable fiber with a fineness of 2.3 dtex. At this time, the distance between the fibers of the upper layer is 80 μm, and the distance between the fibers of the lower layer is 60 μm. In addition, the basis weight of the non-woven fabric is 74 g/m 2 . Regarding the surface of the concave-convex structure of the above-mentioned raw non-woven fabric, the polyoxyethylene (POE) modified dimethyl polysiloxane (KF-6015 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) is used in the structure XY by means of flexible printing. X contains a dimethyl polysiloxane chain containing -Si(CH 3 ) 2 O-, Y contains a POE chain containing -(C 2 H 4 O)-, and the terminal group of the POE chain is methyl (CH 3 ) , The modification rate is 20%, the polyoxyethylene addition molar number is 3, and the liquid film cracking agent with a mass average molecular weight of 4000 is pattern-coated. Thereby, a non-woven fabric sample S1 in which the containing portion and the non-containing portion were arranged in a striped pattern as shown in FIG. 1 was produced. The content ratio of polyoxyethylene (POE) modified dimethylpolysiloxane as the liquid film cracking agent to the fiber mass of the entire non-woven fabric (OPU), the number of interfaces in a square area with a side length of 5 mm, The area ratio, the width of the containing part and the non-containing part, and the sum of the width are shown in Table 1. The surface tension of the above liquid film cracking agent is 21.0 mN/m, and the water solubility is less than 0.0001 g. In addition, the spread coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m is 28.8 mN/m, and the interfacial tension to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m is 0.2 mN/m. These values are measured by the above-mentioned measuring method. At this time, the "liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m" uses the following solution, which uses a micropipette (ACURA825, manufactured by Socorex Isba SA) to be added to 100 g of deionized water as a non-ionic interfacial active substance. Oxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate (manufactured by Kao Co., Ltd., trade name RHEODOL SUPER TW-L120) 3.75 μL, and the surface tension was adjusted to 50±1 mN/m. In addition, the water solubility is measured by adding 0.0001 g of the agent each time. As a result, when it was observed that even 0.0001 g did not dissolve, it was set as "less than 0.0001 g", and when 0.0001 g was observed to be dissolved but 0.0002 g was not dissolved, it was set as "0.0001 g". The other values are also measured by the same method. (Example 2) The content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cracking agent relative to the fiber mass of the entire nonwoven fabric, the number of interfaces in a square area with a side length of 5 mm, the ratio of the area, the width of the containing part and the non-containing part, The sum of the widths was set as in Table 1, except that the non-woven fabric sample S2 of Example 2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. (Example 3) The content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cracking agent relative to the fiber mass of the entire nonwoven fabric, the number of interfaces in a square area with a side length of 5 mm, the ratio of the area, the width of the containing part and the non-containing part, The sum of the widths was set as in Table 1, except that the non-woven fabric sample S3 of Example 3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. (Example 4) The content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cracking agent relative to the fiber mass of the entire nonwoven fabric, the number of interfaces in a square area with a side length of 5 mm, the ratio of the area, the width of the containing part and the non-containing part, The sum of the widths was set as in Table 1, except that the non-woven fabric sample S4 of Example 4 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. (Example 5) The content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cracking agent relative to the fiber mass of the entire nonwoven fabric, the number of interfaces in a square area with a side length of 5 mm, the ratio of the area, the width of the containing part and the non-containing part, The sum of the widths was set as in Table 1, except that the non-woven fabric sample S5 of Example 5 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. (Example 6) The containing portion and the non-containing portion were arranged in a pattern in which the point shown in Fig. 3-1(B) was rotated by 90 degrees, and the content ratio of the liquid film cracking agent to the fiber mass of the entire nonwoven fabric ( OPU), the number of interfaces in a square area with a side length of 5 mm, the area ratio, the width of the containing part and the non-containing part, and the sum of the widths are set as shown in Table 1, except for this, in the same way as in Example 1. The non-woven fabric sample S6 of Example 6 was produced. (Example 7) Epoxy-modified dimethyl polysiloxane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KF-101) as a liquid film cracking agent uses structure XY where X contains -Si(CH 3 ) 2 O-Dimethylpolysiloxane chain, Y contains epoxy group containing -(RC 2 H 3 O)-, and the modification rate is 32%, the mass average molecular weight is 35800, so that the liquid film cracking agent can be dissolved In solute ethanol, a coating solution of the liquid film cracking agent is prepared with the effective ingredient of the liquid film cracking agent at 3.0% by mass. Use the coating solution of the above-mentioned liquid film cracking agent, and the content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cracking agent relative to the total fiber mass of the non-woven fabric, the number of interfaces in a square area with a side length of 5 mm, the area ratio, and the content The width and the sum of the width and the width of the non-containing portion were set as in Table 2, except that the non-woven fabric sample S7 of Example 7 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The surface tension of the above liquid film cracking agent is 21.0 mN/m, and the water solubility is less than 0.0001 g. In addition, the spread coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m is 26.0 mN/m, and the interfacial tension to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m is 3.0 mN/m. The equivalent values were measured by the same method as in Example 1. (Example 8) Tricaprylic acid/capric glyceride (COCONAD MT manufactured by Kao Co., Ltd.) as a liquid film cracking agent used Z in the structure ZY as *-O-CH(CH 2 O-*) 2 ( * Indicates the bonding part), Y contains C 8 H 15 O- or C 10 H 19 O- hydrocarbon chain, fatty acid composition contains 82% caprylic acid, 18% capric acid, and the mass average molecular weight is 550, so that the liquid film The cracking agent is dissolved in solute ethanol, and the coating solution of the liquid film cracking agent is made in the form of the effective ingredient of the liquid film cracking agent being 3.0% by mass. Use the coating solution of the above-mentioned liquid film cracking agent, and the content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cracking agent relative to the total fiber mass of the non-woven fabric, the number of interfaces in a square area with a side length of 5 mm, the area ratio, and the content The width and the sum of the width of the non-containing portion were set as shown in Table 2, except that the non-woven fabric sample S8 of Example 8 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The surface tension of the above liquid film cracking agent is 28.9 mN/m, and the water solubility is less than 0.0001 g. In addition, the spread coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m is 8.8 mN/m, and the interfacial tension to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m is 12.3 mN/m. The equivalent values were measured by the same method as in Example 1. (Example 9) Liquid isomerized paraffin (Luvitol Lite, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) used as a liquid film cracking agent with a mass average molecular weight of 450. The liquid film cracking agent was dissolved in solute hexane to liquid The active ingredient of the film cracking agent is 3.0% by mass to make a coating solution for the liquid film cracking agent. Use the coating solution of the above-mentioned liquid film cracking agent, and the content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cracking agent relative to the total fiber mass of the non-woven fabric, the number of interfaces in a square area with a side length of 5 mm, the area ratio, and the content The width and the sum of the width and the width of the non-containing portion were set as in Table 2. Except for this, the non-woven fabric sample S9 of Example 9 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The surface tension of the above liquid film cracking agent is 27.0 mN/m, and the water solubility is less than 0.0001 g. In addition, the spread coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m is 14.5 mN/m, and the interfacial tension to a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m is 8.5 mN/m. The equivalent values were measured by the same method as in Example 1. (Examples 10-12) The content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cracking agent relative to the total fiber mass of the non-woven fabric, the number of interfaces in a square area with a side length of 5 mm, the area ratio, and the ratio of the contained part and the non-contained part The width and the sum of the widths were set as in Table 2, except that the non-woven fabric samples S10 to S12 of Examples 10 to 12 were produced in the same manner as in Example 1. (Comparative Example 1) The raw non-woven fabric before applying the liquid film cracking agent used in Example 1 was directly prepared as the non-woven fabric sample C1 of Comparative Example 1. (Comparative Example 2) The liquid film cracking agent used in Example 1 was applied to the entire surface of the raw non-woven fabric, except that the non-woven fabric sample C2 of Comparative Example 2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. (Liquid remaining amount of the front sheet (non-woven fabric sample)) Menstrual sanitary napkins for evaluation were made. Menstrual sanitary napkins for evaluation were made from menstrual sanitary napkins (manufactured by Kao Co., Ltd.: Laurier breathable cotton soft) as an example of absorbent articles. 30 cm, manufactured in 2014) The front sheet was removed, and instead of it, a sample of non-woven fabric (hereinafter also referred to as a non-woven fabric sample) was laminated, and the surrounding was fixed. An acrylic plate with a penetration hole with an inner diameter of 1 cm was superimposed on the surface of each menstrual sanitary napkin for evaluation, and a fixed load of 100 Pa was applied to the sanitary napkin. Under this load, 6.0 g of suspected blood equivalent to menstrual blood (adjusted to 8.0 cP of defibrillated horse blood manufactured by Japan Baiotesuto Research Institute Co., Ltd.) was allowed to flow into the through hole of the acrylic plate. Furthermore, the defibrillated horse blood line used was adjusted using the TVB10 viscometer of Toki Industry Co., Ltd. under the condition of 30 rpm. If defibrinated horse blood is placed, the higher viscosity part (red blood cells, etc.) will precipitate, and the lower viscosity part (plasma) will remain as the supernatant. The mixing ratio of this part is adjusted so that it becomes 8.0 cP. A total of 6.0 g of suspected blood was injected for 60 seconds and then the acrylic plate was removed. Then, the weight (W2) of the non-woven fabric sample is measured, and the difference (W2-W1) from the weight (W1) of the non-woven fabric sample before the inflow of the suspected blood is calculated in advance. Perform the above operation 3 times, and set the average value of the 3 times as the residual liquid amount (mg). The amount of residual liquid is an indicator of how moist the wearer’s skin is. The smaller the amount of residual liquid, the better the result. Furthermore, the unit of viscosity cP (centipoise) is converted by 1 cP=1×10 -3 Pa·s. (Liquid flow length on the surface of the non-woven fabric) The test device uses a mounting part with the mounting surface of the test sample inclined at 45° with respect to the horizontal plane. The menstrual sanitary napkin for evaluation using each sample as a front sheet was placed on the above-mentioned placement part with the front sheet facing upward. The menstrual sanitary napkins for evaluation are made in the same manner as the measurement of the liquid residual amount of the above-mentioned front sheet (non-woven fabric sample). 0.5 g of suspected blood (adjusted to 8.0 cP of defibrinated horse blood manufactured by Japan Baiotesuto Research Institute Co., Ltd.) was dropped at a rate of 0.1 g/sec onto the surface of each menstrual sanitary napkin for evaluation. Measure the distance from the point where the non-woven fabric is first contacted to the point where the test liquid is absorbed into the non-woven fabric and does not flow. Furthermore, the suspected blood used was adjusted by the same method as the measurement of the liquid remaining amount of the above-mentioned front sheet (non-woven fabric sample). Perform the above operation 3 times, and set the average value of the 3 times as the liquid flow distance (mm). The liquid flow distance is an indicator of how far the liquid is not absorbed into the test sample but flows on the surface and leaks easily during wearing. The shorter the liquid flow distance, the higher the evaluation. The composition of the components of the above-mentioned Examples and Comparative Examples, and the respective evaluation results of the Examples and Comparative Examples are shown in Tables 1 and 2 below. [Table 1] [Table 2] As shown in Tables 1 and 2, the residual amount of liquid in Comparative Example 1, which does not contain the liquid film cracking agent, is 265 mg. On the other hand, the liquid residual amount of Examples 1 to 12 containing the liquid film cracking agent was less than half of the liquid residual amount of Comparative Example 1, and effective cracking of the liquid film was confirmed. In addition, the remaining liquid amount of Comparative Example 2 containing the liquid film cracking agent on the entire surface was 73 mg. On the other hand, the liquid flow length was 70 mm, which was twice or more the 33 mm liquid flow length of Comparative Example 1. That is, in Comparative Example 2, liquid residues were reduced due to cracking of the liquid film. On the other hand, the liquid flow on the surface of the non-woven fabric was deteriorated, and the liquid flow prevention property was reduced. In contrast, the liquid flow length of Examples 1 to 12 is 17% or more shorter than the liquid flow length of Comparative Example 2, and the liquid flow prevention property is improved. That is, in Examples 1 to 12, both the improvement in the reduction of liquid residue and the improvement in the prevention of liquid flow, which could not be achieved in Comparative Examples 1 and 2, were achieved. Furthermore, in Examples 2 to 5, 11 and 12, the liquid flow length of Example 2 in which the area ratio of the contained part/non-contained part in a square with a side length of 5 mm is 1 or less is 54 mm. In contrast, The liquid flow lengths of Examples 3 to 5, 11, and 12 where the area ratio is greater than 1 are suppressed to be shorter, that is, the liquid flow length of Example 2 is more than 20%. That is, it can be seen that the above-mentioned area ratio is greater than 1, combined with the liquid residue reduction effect, and the liquid flow prevention effect is high. In addition, in Examples 1, 3 to 5, and 10 to 12, the liquid flow length of Example 1 where the sum of the widths of adjacent containing portions and non-containing portions exceeds 2500 μm is 58 mm. In contrast, the liquid flow lengths of Examples 3 to 5 and 10 to 12 where the sum of the above-mentioned widths is 2500 μm or less is suppressed to be short, that is, 30% or more of the liquid flow length of Example 1. That is, it can be seen that the sum of the above-mentioned widths is 2500 μm or less, combined with the liquid residue reduction effect, and the liquid flow prevention effect is high. The present invention has been described together with its embodiments and examples, but as long as the inventor does not specify otherwise, the present invention is not limited to any details of the description, and it is considered that the invention should not deviate from the scope of the attached patent application. Explain in a wide range in the context of its spirit and scope. This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-109602 filed in Japan on May 31, 2016. The content of this application is hereby referred to and incorporated herein as part of the description of this specification. middle.
